SemaDecl.cpp revision 898267f67b8131c4bed4430e2cfaf69ccf4c2de1
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 43#include <algorithm> 44#include <cstring> 45#include <functional> 46using namespace clang; 47using namespace sema; 48 49Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 50 if (OwnedType) { 51 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 52 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 53 } 54 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 56} 57 58/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 59/// return the declaration of that type. 60/// 61/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 62/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 63/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 64/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 65/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 66/// 67/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 68/// and then return NULL. 69ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 70 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 71 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 72 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 73 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 74 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 75 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 76 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 77 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 78 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 79 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 80 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 81 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 82 83 if (!LookupCtx) { 84 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 85 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 86 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 87 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 88 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 89 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 90 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 91 // 92 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 93 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 94 if (!isClassName) 95 return ParsedType(); 96 97 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 98 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 99 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 100 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 101 102 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 103 QualType T = 104 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 105 II, NameLoc); 106 107 return ParsedType::make(T); 108 } 109 110 return ParsedType(); 111 } 112 113 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 114 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 115 return ParsedType(); 116 } 117 118 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 119 // lookup for class-names. 120 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 121 LookupOrdinaryName; 122 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 123 if (LookupCtx) { 124 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 125 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 126 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 127 // nested-name-specifier. 128 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 129 130 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 131 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 132 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 133 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 134 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 135 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 136 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 137 LookupName(Result, S); 138 } 139 } else { 140 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 141 LookupName(Result, S); 142 } 143 144 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 145 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 146 case LookupResult::NotFound: 147 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 148 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 149 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 150 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 151 return ParsedType(); 152 153 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 154 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 155 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 156 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 157 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 158 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 159 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 160 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 161 return ParsedType(); 162 } 163 164 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 165 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 166 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 167 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 168 if (!IIDecl || 169 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 170 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 171 IIDecl = *Res; 172 } 173 } 174 175 if (!IIDecl) { 176 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 177 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 178 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 179 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 180 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 181 // a type name. 182 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 183 return ParsedType(); 184 } 185 186 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 187 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 188 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 189 // perform the name lookup again. 190 break; 191 192 case LookupResult::Found: 193 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 194 break; 195 } 196 197 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 198 199 QualType T; 200 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 201 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 202 203 if (T.isNull()) 204 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 205 206 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 207 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 208 // Construct a type with type-source information. 209 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 210 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 211 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 214 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 215 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 216 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 217 } else { 218 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 219 } 220 } 221 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 222 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 223 if (!HasTrailingDot) 224 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 225 } 226 227 if (T.isNull()) { 228 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 229 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 230 return ParsedType(); 231 } 232 return ParsedType::make(T); 233} 234 235/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 236/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 237/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 238/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 239/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 240DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 241 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 242 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 243 LookupName(R, S, false); 244 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 245 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 246 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 247 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 248 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 249 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 250 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 251 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 252 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 253 } 254 } 255 256 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 257} 258 259/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 260/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 261/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 262/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 263/// @code 264/// template<class T> class A { 265/// public: 266/// typedef int TYPE; 267/// }; 268/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 269/// public: 270/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 271/// }; 272/// @endcode 273bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 274 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 275 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 276 277 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 278 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 279 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 280 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 281 return true; 282 } 283 return false; 284} 285 286bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 287 SourceLocation IILoc, 288 Scope *S, 289 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 290 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 291 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 292 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 293 294 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 295 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 296 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 297 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL, 298 false, CTC_Type)) { 299 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 300 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 301 302 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 303 // We corrected to a keyword. 304 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 305 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 306 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 307 return true; 308 } else { 309 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 310 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 311 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 312 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 313 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 314 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 315 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 316 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 317 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 318 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 319 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 320 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 321 else 322 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 323 324 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 325 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 326 327 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 328 false, false, ParsedType(), 329 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 330 return true; 331 } 332 } 333 } 334 335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 336 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 337 UnqualifiedId Name; 338 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 339 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 340 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 341 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 342 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 343 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 344 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 345 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 346 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 347 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 348 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 349 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 350 } 351 return true; 352 } 353 } 354 355 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 356 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 357 358 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 359 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 360 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 361 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 362 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 363 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 364 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 365 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 366 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 367 368 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 369 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 370 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 371 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 372 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 373 } else { 374 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 375 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 376 } 377 378 return true; 379} 380 381/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 382/// or 383static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 384 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 385 NextToken.is(tok::less); 386 387 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 388 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 389 return true; 390 391 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 392 return true; 393 } 394 395 return false; 396} 397 398Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 399 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 400 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 401 SourceLocation NameLoc, 402 const Token &NextToken) { 403 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 404 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 405 406 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 407 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 408 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 409 410 } 411 412 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 413 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 414 415 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 416 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 417 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 418 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 419 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 420 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 421 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 422 return E; 423 } 424 425 bool SecondTry = false; 426 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 427 428Corrected: 429 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 430 case LookupResult::NotFound: 431 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 432 // call. 433 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 434 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 435 // FIXME: Reference? 436 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 437 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 438 439 // C90 6.3.2.2: 440 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 441 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 442 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 443 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 444 // the function call, the declaration 445 // 446 // extern int identifier (); 447 // 448 // appeared. 449 // 450 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 451 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 452 Result.addDecl(D); 453 Result.resolveKind(); 454 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 455 } 456 } 457 458 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 459 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 460 // "struct", or "union". 461 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 462 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 463 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 464 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 465 const char *TagName = 0; 466 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 467 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 468 case TTK_Class: 469 TagName = "class"; 470 FixItTagName = "class "; 471 break; 472 473 case TTK_Enum: 474 TagName = "enum"; 475 FixItTagName = "enum "; 476 break; 477 478 case TTK_Struct: 479 TagName = "struct"; 480 FixItTagName = "struct "; 481 break; 482 483 case TTK_Union: 484 TagName = "union"; 485 FixItTagName = "union "; 486 break; 487 } 488 489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 490 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 491 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 492 break; 493 } 494 495 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 496 } 497 498 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 499 // close to this name. 500 if (!SecondTry) { 501 SecondTry = true; 502 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 503 Result.getLookupKind(), S, &SS)) { 504 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 505 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 506 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 507 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 508 509 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 510 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 511 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 512 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 513 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 514 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 515 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 516 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 517 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 518 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 519 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 520 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 521 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 522 } 523 524 if (SS.isEmpty()) 525 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 526 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 527 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 528 else 529 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 530 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 531 << SS.getRange() 532 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 533 534 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 535 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 536 537 // Also update the LookupResult... 538 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 539 Result.clear(); 540 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 541 if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 542 543 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 544 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 545 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 546 547 if (FirstDecl) 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 724} 725 726void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 727 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 728 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 729 CurContext = DC; 730 S->setEntity(DC); 731} 732 733void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 734 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 735 736 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 737 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 738} 739 740/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 741/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 742/// 743void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 744 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 745 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 746 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 747 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 748 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 749 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 750 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 751 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 752 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 753 // namespace. 754 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 755 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 756 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 757 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 758 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 759 760 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 761 762#ifndef NDEBUG 763 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 764 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 765 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 766#endif 767 768 CurContext = DC; 769 S->setEntity(DC); 770} 771 772void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 773 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 774 775 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 776 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 777 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 778 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 779 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 780 781 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 782 // disappear. 783} 784 785/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 786/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 787/// 788/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 789/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 790/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 791/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 792/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 793/// attribute. 794static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 795 ASTContext &Context) { 796 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 797 return true; 798 799 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 800 return true; 801 802 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 803 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 804} 805 806/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 807void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 808 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 809 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 810 // scope. 811 while (S->getEntity() && 812 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 813 S = S->getParent(); 814 815 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 816 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 817 // into any context. 818 if (AddToContext) 819 CurContext->addDecl(D); 820 821 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 822 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 823 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 824 D->isOutOfLine()) 825 return; 826 827 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 828 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 829 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 830 return; 831 832 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 833 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 834 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 835 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 836 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 837 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 838 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 839 840 // Should only need to replace one decl. 841 break; 842 } 843 } 844 845 S->AddDecl(D); 846 847 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 848 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 849 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 850 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 851 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 852 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 853 if (IDC == CurContext) { 854 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 855 continue; 856 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 857 break; 858 } 859 860 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 861 } else { 862 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 863 } 864} 865 866bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 867 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 868 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 869 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 870} 871 872Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 873 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 874 do { 875 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 876 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 877 return S; 878 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 879 880 return 0; 881} 882 883static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 884 DeclContext*, 885 ASTContext&); 886 887/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 888/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 889void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 890 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 891 bool ConsiderLinkage, 892 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 893 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 894 while (F.hasNext()) { 895 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 896 897 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 898 continue; 899 900 if (ConsiderLinkage && 901 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 902 continue; 903 904 F.erase(); 905 } 906 907 F.done(); 908} 909 910static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 911 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 912 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 913 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 914} 915 916/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 917static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 918 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 919 while (F.hasNext()) 920 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 921 F.erase(); 922 923 F.done(); 924} 925 926/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 927/// @code 928/// class S { 929/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 930/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 931/// }; 932/// @endcode 933static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 934 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 935 // the decl here. 936 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 937 return false; 938 939 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 940 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 941 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 942 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 943 return false; 944} 945 946bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 947 assert(D); 948 949 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 950 return false; 951 952 // Ignore class templates. 953 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 954 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 955 return false; 956 957 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 958 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 959 return false; 960 961 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 962 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 963 return false; 964 } else { 965 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 966 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 967 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 968 return false; 969 } 970 971 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 972 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 973 return false; 974 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 975 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 976 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 977 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 978 return false; 979 980 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 981 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 982 return false; 983 984 } else { 985 return false; 986 } 987 988 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 989 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 990 return false; 991 992 return true; 993} 994 995void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 996 if (!D) 997 return; 998 999 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1000 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1001 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1002 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1003 } 1004 1005 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1006 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1007 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1008 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1009 } 1010 1011 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1012 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1013 } 1014 1015static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1016 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1017 return false; 1018 1019 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1020 return false; 1021 1022 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1023 return true; 1024 1025 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1026 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1027 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1028 return false; 1029 1030 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1031 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1032 1033 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1034 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1035 1036 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1037 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1038 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1039 return false; 1040 } 1041 1042 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1043 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1044 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1045 return false; 1046 1047 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1048 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1049 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1050 return false; 1051 1052 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1053 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1054 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1055 // has no side effects. 1056 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1057 return false; 1058 } 1059 } 1060 1061 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1062 } 1063 1064 return true; 1065} 1066 1067static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1068 FixItHint &Hint) { 1069 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1070 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1071 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true); 1072 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1073 return; 1074 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1075 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1076 } 1077 return; 1078} 1079 1080/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1081/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1082void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1083 FixItHint Hint; 1084 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1085 return; 1086 1087 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1088 1089 unsigned DiagID; 1090 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1091 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1092 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1093 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1094 else 1095 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1096 1097 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1098} 1099 1100static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1101 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1102 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1103 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1104 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1105 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1106} 1107 1108void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1109 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1110 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1111 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1112 1113 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1114 I != E; ++I) { 1115 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1116 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1117 1118 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1119 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1120 1121 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1122 1123 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1124 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1125 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1126 1127 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1128 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1129 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1130 1131 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1132 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1133 } 1134} 1135 1136/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1137/// 1138/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1139/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1140/// to the fixed name. 1141/// 1142/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1143/// 1144/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1145/// if there is no class with the given name. 1146/// 1147/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1148/// class could not be found. 1149ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1150 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1151 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1152 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1153 // creation from this context. 1154 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1155 1156 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1157 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1158 // find an Objective-C class name. 1159 TypoCorrection C; 1160 if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1161 TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) && 1162 (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1163 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1164 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1165 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1166 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1167 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1168 1169 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1170 } 1171 } 1172 1173 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1174} 1175 1176/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1177/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1178/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1179/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1180/// ill-formed in C++: 1181/// @code 1182/// struct S6 { 1183/// enum { BAR } e; 1184/// }; 1185/// 1186/// void test_S6() { 1187/// struct S6 a; 1188/// a.e = BAR; 1189/// } 1190/// @endcode 1191/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1192/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1193/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1194/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1195/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1196/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1197/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1198/// contain non-field names. 1199Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1200 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1201 (S->getEntity() && 1202 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1203 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1204 S = S->getParent(); 1205 return S; 1206} 1207 1208/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1209/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1210/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1211/// built-in. 1212NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1213 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1214 SourceLocation Loc) { 1215 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1216 1217 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1218 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1219 switch (Error) { 1220 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1221 // Okay 1222 break; 1223 1224 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1225 if (ForRedeclaration) 1226 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1227 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1228 return 0; 1229 1230 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1231 if (ForRedeclaration) 1232 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1233 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1234 return 0; 1235 } 1236 1237 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1238 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1239 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1240 << R; 1241 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1242 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1243 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1244 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1245 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1246 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1247 } 1248 1249 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1250 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1251 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1252 SC_Extern, 1253 SC_None, false, 1254 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1255 New->setImplicit(); 1256 1257 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1258 // FunctionDecl. 1259 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1260 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1261 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1262 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1263 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1264 SourceLocation(), 0, 1265 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1266 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1267 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1268 Params.push_back(parm); 1269 } 1270 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1271 } 1272 1273 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1274 1275 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1276 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1277 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1278 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1279 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1280 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1281 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1282 CurContext = SavedContext; 1283 return New; 1284} 1285 1286/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1287/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1288/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1289/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1290/// 1291void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1292 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1293 // merging checks. 1294 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1295 1296 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1297 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1298 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1299 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1300 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1301 default: break; 1302 case 2: 1303 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1304 break; 1305 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1306 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1307 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1308 return; 1309 case 5: 1310 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1311 break; 1312 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1313 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1314 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1315 return; 1316 case 3: 1317 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1318 break; 1319 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1320 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1321 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1322 return; 1323 } 1324 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1325 } 1326 1327 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1328 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1329 if (!Old) { 1330 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1331 << New->getDeclName(); 1332 1333 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1334 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1335 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1336 1337 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1338 } 1339 1340 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1341 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1342 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1343 1344 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1345 QualType OldType; 1346 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1347 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1348 else 1349 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1350 1351 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1352 // with any extensions enabled. 1353 1354 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1355 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1356 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1357 int Kind = 0; 1358 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1359 Kind = 1; 1360 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1361 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1362 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1363 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1364 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1365 } 1366 1367 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1368 // declaration was a typedef. 1369 // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type 1370 // spellings don't match exactly. 1371 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1372 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1373 1374 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1375 return; 1376 1377 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1378 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1379 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1380 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1381 // to the type to which it already refers. 1382 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1383 return; 1384 1385 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1386 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1387 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1388 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1389 // 1390 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1391 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1392 // 1393 // struct S { 1394 // typedef struct A { } A; 1395 // }; 1396 // 1397 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1398 // allow the above but disallow 1399 // 1400 // struct S { 1401 // typedef int I; 1402 // typedef int I; 1403 // }; 1404 // 1405 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1406 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1407 return; 1408 1409 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1410 << New->getDeclName(); 1411 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1412 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1413 } 1414 1415 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1416 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1417 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1418 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1419 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1420 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1421 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1422 return; 1423 1424 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1425 << New->getDeclName(); 1426 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1427 return; 1428} 1429 1430/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1431/// attribute. 1432static bool 1433DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1434 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1435 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1436 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1437 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1438 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1439 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1440 return true; 1441 } 1442 1443 return false; 1444} 1445 1446/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1447static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1448 ASTContext &C, bool mergeDeprecation = true) { 1449 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1450 return; 1451 1452 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1453 1454 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1455 // we process them. 1456 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1457 1458 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1459 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1460 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1461 // Ignore deprecated and unavailable attributes if requested. 1462 if (!mergeDeprecation && 1463 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i))) 1464 continue; 1465 1466 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1467 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1468 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1469 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1470 foundAny = true; 1471 } 1472 } 1473 1474 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1475} 1476 1477/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1478/// to the new one. 1479static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1480 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1481 ASTContext &C) { 1482 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1483 return; 1484 1485 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1486 1487 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1488 // done before we process them. 1489 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1490 1491 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1492 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1493 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1494 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1495 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1496 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1497 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1498 foundAny = true; 1499 } 1500 } 1501 1502 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1503} 1504 1505namespace { 1506 1507/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1508/// C. 1509struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1510 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1511 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1512 QualType PromotedType; 1513}; 1514 1515} 1516 1517/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1518Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1519 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1520 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1521 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1522 1523 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1524 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1525 1526 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1527 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1528 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1529 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1530 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1531 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1532 } 1533 1534 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1535} 1536 1537/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1538/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1539/// GNU89 mode. 1540static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1541 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1542 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1543 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1544 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1545 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1546} 1547 1548/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1549/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1550/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1551/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1552/// 1553/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1554/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1555/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1556/// merged with. 1557/// 1558/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1559bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1560 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1561 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1562 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1563 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1564 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1565 else 1566 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1567 if (!Old) { 1568 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1569 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1570 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1571 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1572 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1573 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1574 return true; 1575 } 1576 1577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1578 << New->getDeclName(); 1579 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1580 return true; 1581 } 1582 1583 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1584 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1585 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1586 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1587 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1588 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1589 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1590 else 1591 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1592 1593 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1594 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1595 1596 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1597 // is an extern inline function. 1598 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1599 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1600 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1601 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1602 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1604 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1605 } else { 1606 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1607 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1608 return true; 1609 } 1610 } 1611 1612 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1613 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1614 // calling convention of the first. 1615 // 1616 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1617 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1618 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1619 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1620 // because it is the default calling convention. 1621 // 1622 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1623 // other tests to run. 1624 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1625 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1626 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1627 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1628 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1629 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1630 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1631 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1632 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1633 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1634 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1635 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1636 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1637 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1638 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1639 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1640 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1641 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1642 return true; 1643 } 1644 1645 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1646 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1647 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1648 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1649 } 1650 1651 // Merge regparm attribute. 1652 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1653 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1654 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1655 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1656 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1657 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1658 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1659 return true; 1660 } 1661 1662 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1663 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1664 } 1665 1666 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1667 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1668 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1669 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1670 } 1671 1672 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1673 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1674 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1675 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1676 // cannot be overloaded. 1677 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1678 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1679 QualType ResQT; 1680 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1681 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1682 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1683 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1684 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1685 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1686 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1687 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1688 else 1689 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1690 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1691 return true; 1692 } 1693 else 1694 NewQType = ResQT; 1695 } 1696 1697 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1698 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1699 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1700 // Preserve triviality. 1701 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1702 1703 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1704 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1705 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1706 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1707 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1708 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1709 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1710 1711 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1712 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1713 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1714 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1715 // is a static member function declaration. 1716 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1718 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1719 return true; 1720 } 1721 1722 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1723 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1724 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1725 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1726 unsigned NewDiag; 1727 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1728 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1729 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1730 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1731 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1732 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1733 else 1734 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1735 1736 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1737 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1738 1739 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1740 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1741 // 1742 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1743 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1744 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1745 if (isFriend) { 1746 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1747 } else { 1748 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1749 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1750 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1751 return true; 1752 } 1753 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1754 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1755 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1756 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1757 return true; 1758 } 1759 } 1760 1761 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1762 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1763 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1764 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1765 1766 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1767 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1768 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1769 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1770 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1771 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1772 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1773 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1774 } 1775 1776 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1777 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1778 1779 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1780 } 1781 1782 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1783 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1784 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1785 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1786 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1787 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1788 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1789 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1790 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1791 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1792 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1793 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1794 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1795 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1796 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1797 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1798 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1799 New->setType(NewQType); 1800 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1801 1802 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1803 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1804 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1805 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1806 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1807 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1808 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1809 SourceLocation(), 1810 SourceLocation(), 0, 1811 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1812 SC_None, SC_None, 1813 0); 1814 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1815 Param->setImplicit(); 1816 Params.push_back(Param); 1817 } 1818 1819 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1820 } 1821 1822 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1823 } 1824 1825 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1826 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1827 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1828 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1829 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1830 // the prototype. 1831 // 1832 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1833 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1834 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1835 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1836 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1837 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1838 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1839 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1840 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1841 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1842 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1843 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1844 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1845 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1846 1847 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1848 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1849 NewProto->getResultType()); 1850 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1851 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1852 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1853 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1854 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1855 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1856 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1857 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1858 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1859 NewParm->getType(), 1860 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1861 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1862 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1863 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1864 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1865 } else 1866 LooseCompatible = false; 1867 } 1868 1869 if (LooseCompatible) { 1870 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1871 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1872 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1873 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1874 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1875 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1876 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1877 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1878 } 1879 1880 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1881 ArgTypes.size(), 1882 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1883 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1884 } 1885 1886 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1887 } 1888 1889 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1890 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1891 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1892 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1893 // signature. 1894 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1895 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1896 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1897 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1898 // library built-in. 1899 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1900 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1901 << Old << Old->getType(); 1902 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1903 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1904 return false; 1905 } 1906 1907 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1908 } 1909 1910 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1911 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1912 return true; 1913} 1914 1915/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1916/// known to be compatible. 1917/// 1918/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1919/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1920/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1921/// redeclaration of Old. 1922/// 1923/// \returns false 1924bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1925 // Merge the attributes 1926 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1927 1928 // Merge the storage class. 1929 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1930 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1931 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1932 1933 // Merge "pure" flag. 1934 if (Old->isPure()) 1935 New->setPure(); 1936 1937 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1938 // declarations. 1939 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1940 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1941 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1942 Context); 1943 1944 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1945 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1946 1947 return false; 1948} 1949 1950 1951void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1952 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1953 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 1954 // except from interface to implementation. 1955 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 1956 1957 // Merge the attributes. 1958 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context, mergeDeprecation); 1959 1960 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1961 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1962 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1963 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1964 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1965 1966 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 1967} 1968 1969/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1970/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1971/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1972/// 1973/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1974/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1975/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1976/// 1977void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1978 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1979 return; 1980 1981 QualType MergedT; 1982 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1983 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1984 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1985 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1986 return; 1987 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1988 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1989 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1990 } 1991 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1992 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1993 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1994 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1995 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1996 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1997 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1998 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1999 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2000 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2001 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2002 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2003 MergedT = New->getType(); 2004 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2005 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2006 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2007 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2008 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2009 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2010 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2011 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2012 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2013 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2014 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2015 Old->getType()); 2016 } 2017 } else { 2018 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2019 } 2020 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2021 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2022 << New->getDeclName(); 2023 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2024 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2025 } 2026 New->setType(MergedT); 2027} 2028 2029/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2030/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2031/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2032/// 2033/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2034/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2035/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2036/// 2037void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2038 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2039 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2040 return; 2041 2042 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2043 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2044 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2045 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2047 << New->getDeclName(); 2048 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2049 diag::note_previous_definition); 2050 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2051 } 2052 2053 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2054 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2055 // 2056 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2057 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2058 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2059 << New->getIdentifier(); 2060 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2061 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2062 } 2063 2064 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2065 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent declaration 2066 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2067 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2068 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2069 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2070 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2071 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2072 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2073 } 2074 2075 // Merge the types. 2076 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2077 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2078 return; 2079 2080 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2081 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2082 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2083 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2084 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2085 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2086 } 2087 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2088 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2089 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2090 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2091 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2092 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2093 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2094 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2095 // identifier has external linkage. 2096 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2097 /* Okay */; 2098 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2099 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2101 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2102 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2103 } 2104 2105 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2106 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2107 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2108 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2109 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2110 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2111 } 2112 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2113 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2115 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2116 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2117 } 2118 2119 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2120 2121 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2122 // need to check for mismatches. 2123 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2124 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2125 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2126 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2127 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2128 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2129 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2133 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2134 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2135 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2136 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2137 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2138 } 2139 2140 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2141 const VarDecl *Def; 2142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2143 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2144 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2145 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2146 << New->getDeclName(); 2147 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2148 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2149 return; 2150 } 2151 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2152 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2153 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2154 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2155 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2156 // specified at the prior declaration. 2157 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2158 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2159 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2160 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2161 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2162 2163 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2164 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2165 2166 // Inherit access appropriately. 2167 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2168} 2169 2170/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2171/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2172Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2173 DeclSpec &DS) { 2174 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2175 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2176} 2177 2178/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2179/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2180/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2181Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2182 DeclSpec &DS, 2183 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2184 Decl *TagD = 0; 2185 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2186 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2187 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2188 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2189 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2190 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2191 2192 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2193 return 0; 2194 2195 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2196 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2197 // it's a Type. 2198 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2199 } 2200 2201 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2202 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2203 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2204 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2205 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2206 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2207 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2208 } 2209 2210 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2211 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2212 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2213 if (Tag) 2214 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2215 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2216 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2217 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2218 else 2219 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2220 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2221 return TagD; 2222 } 2223 2224 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2225 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2226 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2227 if (TagD && !Tag) 2228 return 0; 2229 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2230 } 2231 2232 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2233 // declarators. 2234 bool emittedWarning = false; 2235 2236 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2237 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2238 2239 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2240 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2241 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2242 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2243 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2244 2245 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2246 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2247 emittedWarning = true; 2248 } 2249 } 2250 2251 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2252 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2253 CurContext->isRecord() && 2254 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2255 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2256 // struct STRUCT; 2257 // and 2258 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2259 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2260 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2261 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2262 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2263 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2264 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2265 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2266 } 2267 } 2268 2269 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2270 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2271 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2272 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2273 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2274 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2275 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2276 emittedWarning = true; 2277 } 2278 2279 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2280 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2281 2282 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2283 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2284 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2285 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2286 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2287 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2288 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2289 return Tag; 2290 } 2291 2292 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2293 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2294 emittedWarning = true; 2295 } 2296 2297 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2298 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2299 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2300 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2301 return TagD; 2302 2303 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2304 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2305 // useless. 2306 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2307 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2308 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2309 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2310 2311 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2312 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2313 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2314 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2315 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2316 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2317 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2318 // Restrict is covered above. 2319 } 2320 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2321 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2322 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2323 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2324 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2325 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2326 2327 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2328 2329 return TagD; 2330} 2331 2332/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2333/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2334StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2335 StmtResult R; 2336 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2337 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2338 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2339 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2340 do 2341 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2342 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2343 } 2344 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2345 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2346 } 2347 } 2348 return R; 2349} 2350 2351/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2352/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2353/// 2354/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2355static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2356 Scope *S, 2357 DeclContext *Owner, 2358 DeclarationName Name, 2359 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2360 unsigned diagnostic) { 2361 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2362 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2363 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2364 2365 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2366 return false; 2367 2368 // Pick a representative declaration. 2369 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2370 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2371 2372 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2373 return false; 2374 2375 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2376 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2377 2378 return true; 2379} 2380 2381/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2382/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2383/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2384/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2385/// struct, e.g., 2386/// 2387/// @code 2388/// union { 2389/// int i; 2390/// float f; 2391/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2392/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2393/// @endcode 2394/// 2395/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2396/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2397static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2398 DeclContext *Owner, 2399 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2400 AccessSpecifier AS, 2401 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2402 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2403 unsigned diagKind 2404 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2405 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2406 2407 bool Invalid = false; 2408 2409 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2410 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2411 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2412 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2413 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2414 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2415 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2416 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2417 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2418 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2419 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2420 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2421 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2422 Invalid = true; 2423 } else { 2424 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2425 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2426 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2427 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2428 // anonymous union is declared. 2429 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2430 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2431 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2432 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2433 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2434 else 2435 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2436 2437 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2438 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2439 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2440 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2441 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2442 2443 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2444 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2445 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2446 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2447 2448 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2449 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2450 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2451 2452 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2453 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2454 2455 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2456 } 2457 } 2458 } 2459 2460 return Invalid; 2461} 2462 2463/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2464/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2465/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2466static StorageClass 2467StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2468 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2469 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2470 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2471 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2472 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2473 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2474 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2475 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2476 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2477 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2478 } 2479 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2480} 2481 2482/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2483/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2484/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2485static StorageClass 2486StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2487 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2488 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2489 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2490 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2491 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2492 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2493 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2494 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2495 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2496 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2497 } 2498 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2499} 2500 2501/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2502/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2503/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2504/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2505Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2506 AccessSpecifier AS, 2507 RecordDecl *Record) { 2508 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2509 2510 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2511 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2512 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2513 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2514 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2515 2516 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2517 // structs/unions. 2518 bool Invalid = false; 2519 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2520 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2521 unsigned DiagID; 2522 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2523 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2524 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2525 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2526 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2527 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2528 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2529 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2530 Invalid = true; 2531 2532 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2533 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2534 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2535 } 2536 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2537 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2538 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2539 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2540 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2541 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2542 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2543 Invalid = true; 2544 2545 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2546 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2547 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2548 } 2549 2550 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2551 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2552 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2553 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2554 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2555 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2556 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2557 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2558 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2559 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2560 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2561 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2562 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2563 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2564 2565 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2566 } 2567 2568 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2569 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2570 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2571 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2572 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2573 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2574 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2575 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2576 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2577 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2578 // members (clause 11). 2579 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2580 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2581 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2582 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2583 Invalid = true; 2584 } 2585 2586 // C++ [class.union]p1 2587 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2588 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2589 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2590 // array of such objects. 2591 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2592 Invalid = true; 2593 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2594 // Any implicit members are fine. 2595 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2596 // This is a type that showed up in an 2597 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2598 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2599 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2600 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2601 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2602 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2603 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2604 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2605 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2606 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2607 else { 2608 // This is a nested type declaration. 2609 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2610 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2611 Invalid = true; 2612 } 2613 } 2614 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2615 // Any access specifier is fine. 2616 } else { 2617 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2618 // member. Complain about it. 2619 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2620 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2621 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2622 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2623 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2624 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2625 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2626 2627 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2628 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2629 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2630 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2631 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2632 else { 2633 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2634 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2635 Invalid = true; 2636 } 2637 } 2638 } 2639 } 2640 2641 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2642 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2643 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2644 Invalid = true; 2645 } 2646 2647 // Mock up a declarator. 2648 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2649 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2650 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2651 2652 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2653 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2654 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2655 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2656 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2657 Record->getLocation(), 2658 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2659 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2660 TInfo, 2661 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2662 /*HasInit=*/false); 2663 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2664 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2665 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2666 } else { 2667 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2668 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2669 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2670 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2671 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2672 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2673 // an error here 2674 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2675 Invalid = true; 2676 SC = SC_None; 2677 } 2678 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2679 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2680 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2681 2682 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2683 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2684 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2685 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2686 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2687 } 2688 Anon->setImplicit(); 2689 2690 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2691 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2692 // its members. 2693 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2694 2695 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2696 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2697 // purposes. 2698 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2699 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2700 2701 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2702 Chain, false)) 2703 Invalid = true; 2704 2705 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2706 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2707 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2708 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2709 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2710 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2711 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2712 2713 if (Invalid) 2714 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2715 2716 return Anon; 2717} 2718 2719/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2720/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2721/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2722/// Example: 2723/// 2724/// struct A { int a; }; 2725/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2726/// 2727/// void foo() { 2728/// B var; 2729/// var.a = 3; 2730/// } 2731/// 2732Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2733 RecordDecl *Record) { 2734 2735 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2736 if (!Record) 2737 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2738 2739 // Mock up a declarator. 2740 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2741 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2742 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2743 2744 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2745 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2746 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2747 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2748 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2749 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2750 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2751 TInfo, 2752 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2753 /*HasInit=*/false); 2754 Anon->setImplicit(); 2755 2756 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2757 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2758 2759 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2760 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2761 // purposes. 2762 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2763 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2764 2765 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2766 Record->getDefinition(), 2767 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2768 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2769 2770 return Anon; 2771} 2772 2773/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2774/// given Declarator. 2775DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2776 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2777} 2778 2779/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2780DeclarationNameInfo 2781Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2782 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2783 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2784 2785 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2786 2787 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2788 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2789 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2790 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2791 return NameInfo; 2792 2793 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2794 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2795 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2796 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2797 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2798 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2799 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2800 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2801 return NameInfo; 2802 2803 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2804 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2805 Name.Identifier)); 2806 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2807 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2808 return NameInfo; 2809 2810 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2811 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2812 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2813 if (Ty.isNull()) 2814 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2815 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2816 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2817 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2818 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2819 return NameInfo; 2820 } 2821 2822 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2823 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2824 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2825 if (Ty.isNull()) 2826 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2827 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2828 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2829 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2830 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2831 return NameInfo; 2832 } 2833 2834 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2835 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2836 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2837 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2838 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2839 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2840 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2841 2842 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2843 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2844 2845 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2846 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2847 // was qualified. 2848 2849 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2850 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2851 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2852 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2853 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2854 return NameInfo; 2855 } 2856 2857 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2858 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2859 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2860 if (Ty.isNull()) 2861 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2862 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2863 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2864 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2865 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2866 return NameInfo; 2867 } 2868 2869 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2870 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2871 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2872 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2873 } 2874 2875 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2876 2877 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2878 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2879} 2880 2881static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 2882 do { 2883 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 2884 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 2885 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 2886 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 2887 else 2888 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 2889 } while (true); 2890} 2891 2892/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2893/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2894/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2895/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within the class 2896/// or namespace. Also sets Params to the list of indices to the 2897/// parameters that differ between the declaration and the definition. 2898static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2899 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2900 FunctionDecl *Definition, 2901 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 2902 Params.clear(); 2903 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2904 return false; 2905 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2906 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2907 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2908 2909 // The parameter types are identical 2910 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 2911 continue; 2912 2913 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 2914 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 2915 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 2916 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 2917 2918 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 2919 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 2920 Params.push_back(Idx); 2921 else // The two parameters aren't even close 2922 return false; 2923 } 2924 2925 return true; 2926} 2927 2928/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2929/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2930/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2931/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2932/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2933static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2934 DeclarationName Name) { 2935 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2936 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2937 // - types which will become injected class names 2938 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2939 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2940 // few cases here. 2941 2942 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2943 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2944 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2945 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2946 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 2947 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: { 2948 // Grab the type from the parser. 2949 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2950 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2951 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2952 2953 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2954 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2955 // attached already. 2956 if (!TSI) 2957 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2958 2959 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2960 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2961 if (!TSI) return true; 2962 2963 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2964 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2965 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2966 break; 2967 } 2968 2969 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2970 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2971 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2972 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2973 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2974 break; 2975 } 2976 2977 default: 2978 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2979 break; 2980 } 2981 2982 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2983 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2984 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2985 2986 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2987 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2988 // pointer. 2989 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2990 continue; 2991 2992 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2993 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2994 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2995 return true; 2996 } 2997 2998 return false; 2999} 3000 3001Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3002 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 3003 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/false); 3004} 3005 3006/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3007/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3008/// name different from T: 3009/// - every static data member of class T; 3010/// - every member function of class T 3011/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3012/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3013bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3014 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3015 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3016 3017 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3018 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3019 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3020 return true; 3021 } 3022 3023 return false; 3024} 3025 3026Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3027 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3028 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 3029 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3030 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3031 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3032 3033 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3034 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3035 if (!Name) { 3036 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3037 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3038 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3039 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3040 return 0; 3041 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3042 return 0; 3043 3044 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3045 // we find one that is. 3046 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3047 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3048 S = S->getParent(); 3049 3050 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3051 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3052 D.setInvalidType(); 3053 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3054 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3055 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3056 return 0; 3057 3058 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3059 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3060 if (!DC) { 3061 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3062 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3063 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3064 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3065 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3066 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3067 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3068 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3069 return 0; 3070 } 3071 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3072 3073 if (!IsDependentContext && 3074 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3075 return 0; 3076 3077 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3078 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3080 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3081 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3082 D.setInvalidType(); 3083 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3084 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3085 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3086 // definition: 3087 // 3088 // class X { 3089 // void X::f(); 3090 // }; 3091 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3092 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3093 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3094 else 3095 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3096 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3097 3098 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3099 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3100 } 3101 } 3102 3103 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3104 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3105 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3106 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3107 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3108 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3109 D.setInvalidType(); 3110 } 3111 } 3112 3113 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3114 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3115 // Just return early; it's safer. 3116 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3117 return 0; 3118 3119 NamedDecl *New; 3120 3121 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3122 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3123 3124 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3125 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3126 D.setInvalidType(); 3127 3128 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3129 ForRedeclaration); 3130 3131 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3132 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3133 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3134 3135 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3136 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3137 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3138 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3139 /* Do nothing*/; 3140 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3141 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3142 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3143 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3144 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3145 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3146 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3147 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3148 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3149 3150 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3151 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3152 3153 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3154 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3155 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3156 3157 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3158 // out-of-line members. 3159 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3160 3161 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3162 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3163 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3164 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3165 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3166 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3167 // declarations namespace. 3168 // 3169 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3170 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3171 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3172 // 3173 // class X { 3174 // void f(); 3175 // void f(float); 3176 // }; 3177 // 3178 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3179 // 3180 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3181 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3182 // matches. 3183 3184 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3185 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3186 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3187 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3188 } else { 3189 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3190 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3191 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3192 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3193 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3194 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3195 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3196 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3197 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3198 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3199 else 3200 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3201 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3202 D.setInvalidType(); 3203 } 3204 } 3205 } 3206 3207 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3208 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3209 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3210 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3211 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3212 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3213 D.setInvalidType(); 3214 3215 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3216 Previous.clear(); 3217 } 3218 3219 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3220 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3221 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3222 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3223 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3224 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3225 Previous.clear(); 3226 3227 bool Redeclaration = false; 3228 bool AddToScope = true; 3229 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3230 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3231 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3232 return 0; 3233 } 3234 3235 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3236 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3237 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3238 move(TemplateParamLists), 3239 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration, 3240 AddToScope); 3241 } else { 3242 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3243 move(TemplateParamLists), 3244 Redeclaration); 3245 } 3246 3247 if (New == 0) 3248 return 0; 3249 3250 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3251 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3252 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3253 !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3254 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3255 3256 return New; 3257} 3258 3259/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3260/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3261/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3262static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3263 ASTContext &Context, 3264 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3265 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3266 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3267 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3268 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3269 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3270 SizeIsNegative = false; 3271 Oversized = 0; 3272 3273 if (T->isDependentType()) 3274 return QualType(); 3275 3276 QualifierCollector Qs; 3277 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3278 3279 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3280 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3281 QualType FixedType = 3282 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3283 Oversized); 3284 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3285 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3286 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3287 } 3288 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3289 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3290 QualType FixedType = 3291 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3292 Oversized); 3293 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3294 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3295 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3296 } 3297 3298 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3299 if (!VLATy) 3300 return QualType(); 3301 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3302 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3303 return QualType(); 3304 3305 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3306 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3307 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3308 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3309 return QualType(); 3310 3311 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3312 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3313 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3314 SizeIsNegative = true; 3315 return QualType(); 3316 } 3317 3318 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3319 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3320 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3321 Res); 3322 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3323 Oversized = Res; 3324 return QualType(); 3325 } 3326 3327 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3328 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3329} 3330 3331/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3332/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3333void 3334Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3335 const LookupResult &Previous, 3336 Scope *S) { 3337 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3338 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3339 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3340 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3341 3342 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3343 return; 3344 3345 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3346 3347 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3348 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3349 // declaration. 3350 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3351 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3352 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3353 3354 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3355 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3356 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3357 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3358 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3359 3360 } else { 3361 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3362 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3363 S = S->getParent(); 3364 } 3365 3366 if (S) 3367 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3368 } 3369} 3370 3371llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3372Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3373 if (ExternalSource) { 3374 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3375 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3376 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3377 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3378 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3379 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3380 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3381 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3382 } 3383 } 3384 3385 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3386} 3387 3388/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3389/// does not identify a function. 3390void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3391 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3392 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3393 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3394 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3395 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3396 3397 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3398 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3399 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3400 3401 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3402 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3403 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3404} 3405 3406NamedDecl* 3407Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3408 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3409 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3410 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3411 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3412 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3413 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3414 D.setInvalidType(); 3415 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3416 DC = CurContext; 3417 Previous.clear(); 3418 } 3419 3420 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3421 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3422 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3423 } 3424 3425 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3426 3427 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3428 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3429 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3430 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3431 << 1; 3432 3433 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3434 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3435 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3436 return 0; 3437 } 3438 3439 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3440 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3441 3442 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3443 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3444 3445 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3446 3447 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3448} 3449 3450void 3451Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3452 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3453 // then it shall have block scope. 3454 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3455 // that redeclarations will match. 3456 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3457 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3458 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3459 3460 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3461 bool SizeIsNegative; 3462 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3463 QualType FixedTy = 3464 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3465 Oversized); 3466 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3467 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3468 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3469 } else { 3470 if (SizeIsNegative) 3471 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3472 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3473 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3474 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3475 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3476 else 3477 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3478 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3479 } 3480 } 3481 } 3482} 3483 3484 3485/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3486/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3487/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3488NamedDecl* 3489Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3490 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3491 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3492 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3493 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3494 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3495 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3496 Redeclaration = true; 3497 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3498 } 3499 3500 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3501 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3502 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3503 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3504 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3505 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3506 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3507 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3508 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3509 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3510 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3511 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3512 } 3513 3514 return NewTD; 3515} 3516 3517/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3518/// previous declaration. 3519/// 3520/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3521/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3522/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3523/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3524/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3525/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3526/// 3527/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3528/// lookup 3529/// 3530/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3531/// declared. 3532/// 3533/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3534/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3535static bool 3536isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3537 ASTContext &Context) { 3538 if (!PrevDecl) 3539 return false; 3540 3541 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3542 return false; 3543 3544 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3545 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3546 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3547 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3548 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3549 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3550 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3551 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3552 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3553 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3554 return false; 3555 3556 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3557 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3558 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3559 return false; 3560 3561 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3562 // previous declarations. 3563 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3564 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3565 3566 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3567 // isn't the same function. 3568 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3569 return false; 3570 } 3571 3572 return true; 3573} 3574 3575static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3576 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3577 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3578 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3579} 3580 3581bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3582 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3583 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3584 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3585 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3586 unsigned kind = -1U; 3587 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3588 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3589 kind = 0; // __block 3590 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3591 kind = 1; // global 3592 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3593 kind = 3; // ivar 3594 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3595 kind = 2; // field 3596 } 3597 3598 if (kind != -1U) { 3599 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3600 << kind; 3601 } 3602 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3603 // Try to infer lifetime. 3604 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3605 return false; 3606 3607 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3608 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3609 decl->setType(type); 3610 } 3611 3612 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3613 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3614 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3615 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3616 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3617 << var->getType(); 3618 return true; 3619 } 3620 } 3621 3622 return false; 3623} 3624 3625NamedDecl* 3626Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3627 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3628 LookupResult &Previous, 3629 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3630 bool &Redeclaration) { 3631 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3632 3633 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3634 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3635 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3636 3637 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3638 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3639 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3640 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3641 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3642 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3643 // an error here 3644 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3645 D.setInvalidType(); 3646 SC = SC_None; 3647 } 3648 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3649 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3650 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3651 3652 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3653 if (!II) { 3654 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3655 << Name.getAsString(); 3656 return 0; 3657 } 3658 3659 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3660 3661 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3662 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3663 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3664 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3665 3666 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3667 // is a GNU extension. 3668 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3669 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3670 else 3671 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3672 D.setInvalidType(); 3673 } 3674 } 3675 3676 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3677 VarDecl *NewVD; 3678 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3679 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3680 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3681 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3682 3683 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3684 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3685 } else { 3686 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3687 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3688 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3689 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3690 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3691 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3692 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3693 SC = SC_Static; 3694 } 3695 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3696 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3697 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3698 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3699 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3700 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3701 3702 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3703 // the program is ill-formed. 3704 // 3705 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3706 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3707 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3708 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3709 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3710 } 3711 } 3712 3713 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3714 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3715 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3716 bool Invalid = false; 3717 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3718 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3719 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3720 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3721 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3722 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3723 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3724 /*never a friend*/ false, 3725 isExplicitSpecialization, 3726 Invalid)) { 3727 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3728 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3729 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3730 << II 3731 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3732 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3733 return 0; 3734 } else { 3735 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3736 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3737 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3738 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3739 << II 3740 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3741 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3742 } 3743 } 3744 3745 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3746 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3747 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3748 3749 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3750 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3751 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3752 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3753 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3754 3755 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3756 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3757 3758 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3759 3760 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3761 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3762 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3763 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3764 } 3765 3766 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 3767 // FIXME: check this is a valid use of constexpr. 3768 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 3769 } 3770 } 3771 3772 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3773 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3774 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3775 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3776 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3777 else 3778 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3779 } 3780 3781 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3782 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3783 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3784 3785 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3786 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3787 3788 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3789 // retainable type. 3790 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3791 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3792 3793 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3794 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3795 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3796 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3797 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3798 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3799 switch (SC) { 3800 case SC_None: 3801 case SC_Auto: 3802 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3803 break; 3804 case SC_Register: 3805 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3806 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3807 break; 3808 case SC_Static: 3809 case SC_Extern: 3810 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3811 break; 3812 } 3813 } 3814 3815 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3816 Context, Label)); 3817 } 3818 3819 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3820 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3821 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3822 3823 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3824 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3825 // declaration has linkage). 3826 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3827 isExplicitSpecialization); 3828 3829 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3830 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3831 else { 3832 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3833 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3834 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3835 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3836 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3837 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3838 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3839 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3840 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3841 Previous.clear(); 3842 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3843 } 3844 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3845 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3846 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3847 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3848 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3849 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3850 } 3851 3852 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3853 3854 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3855 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3856 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3857 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3858 } 3859 3860 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3861 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3862 // here. 3863 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3864 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3865 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3866 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3867 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3868 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3869 } 3870 } 3871 3872 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3873 // such variables. 3874 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3875 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3876 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3877 3878 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3879 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3880 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3881 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3882 3883 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3884 3885 return NewVD; 3886} 3887 3888/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3889/// -Wshadow. 3890/// 3891/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3892/// scope. 3893/// 3894/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3895/// \param R the lookup of the name 3896/// 3897void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3898 // Return if warning is ignored. 3899 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3900 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3901 return; 3902 3903 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3904 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3905 return; 3906 3907 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3908 3909 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3910 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3911 return; 3912 3913 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3914 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3915 return; 3916 3917 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3918 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3919 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3920 if (MD->isStatic()) 3921 return; 3922 3923 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3924 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3925 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3926 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3927 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3928 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3929 I != E; ++I) 3930 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3931 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3932 break; 3933 } 3934 } 3935 3936 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3937 3938 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3939 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3940 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3941 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3942 return; 3943 3944 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3945 // static data members from base classes? 3946 3947 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3948 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3949 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3950 } 3951 3952 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3953 unsigned Kind; 3954 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3955 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3956 Kind = 3; // field 3957 else 3958 Kind = 2; // static data member 3959 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3960 Kind = 1; // global 3961 else 3962 Kind = 0; // local 3963 3964 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3965 3966 // Emit warning and note. 3967 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3968 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3969} 3970 3971/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3972void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3973 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3974 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3975 return; 3976 3977 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3978 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3979 LookupName(R, S); 3980 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3981} 3982 3983/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3984/// declaration. 3985/// 3986/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3987/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3988/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3989/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3990/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3991/// 3992/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3993void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3994 LookupResult &Previous, 3995 bool &Redeclaration) { 3996 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3997 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3998 return; 3999 4000 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4001 4002 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4003 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4004 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4005 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4006 NewVD->setType(T); 4007 } 4008 4009 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4010 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4011 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4012 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4013 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4014 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4015 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4016 } 4017 4018 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4019 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4020 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4021 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4022 else 4023 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4024 } 4025 4026 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4027 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4028 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4029 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4030 4031 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4032 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4033 bool SizeIsNegative; 4034 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4035 QualType FixedTy = 4036 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4037 Oversized); 4038 4039 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4040 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4041 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4042 // int a[10][n]; 4043 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4044 4045 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4046 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4047 << SizeRange; 4048 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4049 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4050 << SizeRange; 4051 else 4052 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4053 << SizeRange; 4054 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4055 } 4056 4057 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4058 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4059 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4060 else 4061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4062 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4063 } 4064 4065 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4066 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4067 } 4068 4069 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4070 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4071 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4072 // declaration with the same name. 4073 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4074 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4075 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4076 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4077 } 4078 4079 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4080 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4081 << T; 4082 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4083 } 4084 4085 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4086 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4087 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4088 } 4089 4090 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4091 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4092 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4093 } 4094 4095 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 4096 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 4097 QualType Pointee; 4098 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 4099 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4100 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4101 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 4102 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 4103 PtrOrRef = 1; 4104 } 4105 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4106 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4107 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4108 << PtrOrRef; 4109 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4110 } 4111 4112 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4113 Redeclaration = true; 4114 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4115 } 4116} 4117 4118/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4119struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4120 Sema *S; 4121 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4122}; 4123 4124/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4125/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4126/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4127static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4128 CXXBasePath &Path, 4129 void *UserData) { 4130 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4131 4132 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4133 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4134 4135 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4136 4137 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4138 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4139 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4140 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4141 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4142 4143 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4144 } 4145 4146 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4147 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4148 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4149 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4150 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4151 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4152 return true; 4153 } 4154 } 4155 4156 return false; 4157} 4158 4159/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4160/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4161bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4162 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4163 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4164 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4165 Data.Method = MD; 4166 Data.S = this; 4167 bool AddedAny = false; 4168 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4169 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4170 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4171 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4172 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4173 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4174 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4175 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4176 AddedAny = true; 4177 } 4178 } 4179 } 4180 } 4181 4182 return AddedAny; 4183} 4184 4185static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4186 bool isFriendDecl) { 4187 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4188 DeclContext *DC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4189 LookupResult Prev(S, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4190 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4191 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4192 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4193 TypoCorrection Correction; 4194 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4195 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4196 4197 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4198 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC); 4199 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4200 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4201 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4202 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4203 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4204 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4205 if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD, 4206 MismatchedParams)) { 4207 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4208 // involve a parameter 4209 unsigned ParamNum = 4210 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4211 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4212 } 4213 } 4214 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4215 } else if ((Correction = S.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4216 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, DC)) && 4217 Correction.getCorrection() != Name) { 4218 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4219 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4220 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4221 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4222 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4223 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4224 if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD, 4225 MismatchedParams)) { 4226 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4227 // involve a parameter 4228 unsigned ParamNum = 4229 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4230 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4231 } 4232 } 4233 } 4234 4235 if (Correction) 4236 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4237 << Name << DC << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions()) 4238 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4239 NewFD->getLocation(), Correction.getAsString(S.getLangOptions())); 4240 else 4241 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) << Name << DC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4242 4243 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4244 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4245 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4246 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4247 4248 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4249 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4250 S.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4251 diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4252 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4253 } else if (Correction) { 4254 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4255 << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions()); 4256 } else 4257 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4258 } 4259} 4260 4261NamedDecl* 4262Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4263 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4264 LookupResult &Previous, 4265 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4266 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration, 4267 bool &AddToScope) { 4268 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4269 4270 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4271 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4272 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4273 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4274 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4275 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4276 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4277 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4278 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4279 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4280 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4281 D.setInvalidType(); 4282 break; 4283 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4284 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4285 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4286 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4287 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4288 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4289 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4290 // other than extern 4291 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4292 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4293 diag::err_static_block_func); 4294 SC = SC_None; 4295 } else 4296 SC = SC_Static; 4297 break; 4298 } 4299 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4300 } 4301 4302 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4303 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4304 4305 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4306 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4307 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4308 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4309 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4310 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4311 4312 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4313 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4314 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4315 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4316 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4317 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4318 } 4319 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4320 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4321 } 4322 4323 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4324 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4325 bool isFriend = false; 4326 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4327 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4328 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4329 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4330 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4331 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4332 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4333 4334 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4335 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4336 // prototype. This true when: 4337 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4338 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4339 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4340 bool HasPrototype = 4341 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4342 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4343 4344 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4345 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4346 HasPrototype); 4347 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4348 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4349 4350 // Set the lexical context. 4351 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4352 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4353 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4354 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4355 } else { 4356 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4357 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4358 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4359 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4360 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4361 4362 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4363 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4364 // the class has been completely parsed. 4365 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4366 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4367 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4368 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4369 AbstractReturnType)) 4370 D.setInvalidType(); 4371 4372 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4373 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4374 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4375 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4376 4377 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4378 4379 // Create the new declaration 4380 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4381 Context, 4382 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4383 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4384 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4385 isExplicit, isInline, 4386 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4387 isConstexpr); 4388 4389 NewFD = NewCD; 4390 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4391 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4392 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4393 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4394 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4395 4396 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record, 4397 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4398 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4399 isInline, 4400 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4401 NewFD = NewDD; 4402 isVirtualOkay = true; 4403 4404 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4405 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4406 // it yet. 4407 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4408 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4409 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4410 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4411 } 4412 4413 } else { 4414 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4415 4416 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4417 // code path. 4418 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4419 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4420 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4421 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4422 D.setInvalidType(); 4423 } 4424 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4425 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4426 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4427 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4428 return 0; 4429 } 4430 4431 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4432 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4433 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4434 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4435 isInline, isExplicit, isConstexpr, 4436 SourceLocation()); 4437 4438 isVirtualOkay = true; 4439 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4440 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4441 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4442 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4443 // constructor if it has no return type). 4444 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4445 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4446 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4447 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4448 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4449 return 0; 4450 } 4451 4452 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4453 4454 // [class.free]p1: 4455 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4456 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4457 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4458 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4459 isStatic = true; 4460 4461 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4462 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4463 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4464 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4465 isStatic = true; 4466 4467 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4468 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4469 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4470 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4471 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4472 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4473 isConstexpr, 4474 SourceLocation()); 4475 NewFD = NewMD; 4476 4477 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4478 } else { 4479 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4480 // prototype. This true when: 4481 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4482 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4483 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4484 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4485 } 4486 4487 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4488 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4489 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4490 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4491 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4492 } 4493 4494 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4495 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4496 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4497 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4498 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4499 4500 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4501 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4502 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4503 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4504 4505 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4506 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4507 bool Invalid = false; 4508 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4509 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4510 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4511 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4512 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4513 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4514 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4515 isFriend, 4516 isExplicitSpecialization, 4517 Invalid)) { 4518 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4519 // This is a function template 4520 4521 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4522 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4523 return 0; 4524 4525 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4526 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4527 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4528 return 0; 4529 } 4530 4531 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4532 NewFD->getLocation(), 4533 Name, TemplateParams, 4534 NewFD); 4535 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4536 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4537 4538 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4539 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4540 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4541 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4542 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4543 } 4544 } else { 4545 // This is a function template specialization. 4546 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4547 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4548 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4549 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4550 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4551 4552 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4553 if (isFriend) { 4554 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4555 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4556 4557 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4558 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4559 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4560 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4561 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4562 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4563 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4564 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4565 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4566 } 4567 4568 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4569 << Name << RemoveRange 4570 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4571 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4572 } 4573 } 4574 } 4575 else { 4576 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4577 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4578 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4579 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4580 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4581 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4582 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4583 } 4584 4585 if (Invalid) { 4586 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4587 if (FunctionTemplate) 4588 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4589 } 4590 4591 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4592 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4593 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4594 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4595 // 4596 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4597 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4598 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4599 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4600 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4601 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4602 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4603 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4604 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4605 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4606 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4607 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4609 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4611 } else { 4612 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4613 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4614 } 4615 } 4616 4617 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4618 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4619 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4620 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4621 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4623 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4624 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4625 } 4626 } 4627 4628 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4629 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4630 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4631 // and 12.3.2. 4632 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4633 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4634 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4635 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4636 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4637 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4638 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4639 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4640 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4641 // or conversion function. 4642 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4643 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4644 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4645 } 4646 } 4647 4648 if (isConstexpr) { 4649 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 4650 // are implicitly inline. 4651 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4652 4653 // FIXME: If this is a redeclaration, check the original declaration was 4654 // marked constepr. 4655 4656 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 4657 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 4658 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 4659 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 4660 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 4661 diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 4662 } 4663 4664 4665 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4666 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4667 isExplicitSpecialization || 4668 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4669 4670 if (isFriend) { 4671 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4672 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4673 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4674 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4675 } 4676 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4677 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4678 } 4679 4680 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4681 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4682 // definition. 4683 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4684 } 4685 4686 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4687 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4688 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4689 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4690 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4691 // the class. 4692 4693 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4694 // member function definition. 4695 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4696 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4697 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4698 } 4699 } 4700 4701 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4702 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4703 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4704 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4705 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4706 SE->getString())); 4707 } 4708 4709 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4710 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4711 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4712 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4713 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4714 4715 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4716 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4717 // single void argument. 4718 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4719 // already checks for that case. 4720 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4721 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4722 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4723 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4724 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4725 4726 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4727 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4728 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4729 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4730 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4731 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4732 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4733 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4734 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4735 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4736 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4737 << IsTypeAlias; 4738 } 4739 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4740 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4741 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4742 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4743 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4744 Params.push_back(Param); 4745 4746 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4747 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4748 } 4749 } 4750 4751 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4752 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4753 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4754 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4755 // 4756 // @code 4757 // typedef void fn(int); 4758 // fn f; 4759 // @endcode 4760 4761 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4762 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4763 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4764 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4765 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4766 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4767 Params.push_back(Param); 4768 } 4769 } else { 4770 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4771 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4772 } 4773 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4774 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4775 4776 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4777 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4778 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4779 4780 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4781 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4782 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 4783 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4784 Redeclaration); 4785 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4786 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4787 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4788 } else { 4789 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4790 // argument list into our AST format. 4791 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4792 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4793 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4794 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4795 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4796 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4797 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4798 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4799 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4800 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4801 TemplateArgs); 4802 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4803 4804 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4805 4806 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4807 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4808 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 4809 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4810 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4811 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4812 4813 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4814 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4815 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4816 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4817 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4818 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4819 // too few of them). 4820 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4821 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4822 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4823 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4824 "template<> "); 4825 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4826 } else { 4827 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4828 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4829 } 4830 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4831 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4832 // wrote something like: 4833 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4834 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4835 // friend void foo<>(int); 4836 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4837 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4838 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4839 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4840 } 4841 4842 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4843 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4844 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4845 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4846 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4847 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4848 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4849 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4850 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4851 Previous)) 4852 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4853 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4854 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4855 && !isFriend) { 4856 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 4857 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().Microsoft ? 4858 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 4859 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4860 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4861 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4862 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4863 Previous)) 4864 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4865 4866 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4867 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 4868 // specialization (14.7.3) 4869 if (SC != SC_None) { 4870 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 4871 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4872 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 4873 << SC 4874 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4875 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4876 4877 else 4878 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4879 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 4880 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4881 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4882 } 4883 4884 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4885 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4886 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4887 } 4888 4889 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4890 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) 4891 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4892 Redeclaration); 4893 4894 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4895 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4896 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4897 4898 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4899 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4900 : NewFD); 4901 4902 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4903 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4904 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4905 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4906 4907 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4908 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4909 4910 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4911 } 4912 4913 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4914 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4915 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4916 4917 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4918 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4919 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4920 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4921 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4922 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4923 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4924 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4925 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4926 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4927 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4928 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4929 DC->isDependentContext()) 4930 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4931 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4932 } 4933 4934 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4935 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4936 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4937 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4938 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4939 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4940 4941 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4942 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4943 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4944 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4945 4946 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4947 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4948 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4949 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4950 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4951 // can actually do this check immediately. 4952 if (isFriend && 4953 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4954 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4955 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4956 // ignore these 4957 } else { 4958 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4959 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4960 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4961 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4962 // 4963 // class X { 4964 // void f() const; 4965 // }; 4966 // 4967 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4968 // 4969 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4970 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4971 // whether the parameter types are references). 4972 4973 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, false); 4974 } 4975 4976 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4977 // to something. 4978 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4979 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, true); 4980 } 4981 4982 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4983 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4984 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4985 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4986 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4987 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4988 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4989 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4990 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4991 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4992 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4993 } 4994 } 4995 4996 4997 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4998 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4999 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5000 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5001 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5002 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5003 5004 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5005 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5006 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5007 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5008 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5009 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5010 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5011 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5012 } 5013 } 5014 5015 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5016 5017 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5018 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5019 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5020 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5021 << NewFD; 5022 5023 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5024 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5025 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5026 EPI.Variadic = true; 5027 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5028 5029 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5030 NewFD->setType(R); 5031 } 5032 5033 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5034 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5035 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5036 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5037 5038 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5039 // map of such names. 5040 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5041 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5042 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5043 5044 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5045 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5046 5047 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5048 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5049 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5050 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5051 return FunctionTemplate; 5052 } 5053 } 5054 5055 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5056 5057 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 5058 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5059 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5060 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5061 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5062 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5063 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5064 5065 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5066 } 5067 } 5068 5069 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5070 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5071 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5072 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5073 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5074 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5075 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5076 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5077 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5078 AddToScope = false; 5079 } 5080 5081 return NewFD; 5082} 5083 5084/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5085/// 5086/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5087/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5088/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5089/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5090/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5091/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5092/// via InstantiateDecl). 5093/// 5094/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5095/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5096/// 5097/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5098void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5099 LookupResult &Previous, 5100 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 5101 bool &Redeclaration) { 5102 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 5103 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5104 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5105 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5106 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5107 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5108 5109 return; 5110 } 5111 5112 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5113 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5114 // because all functions have linkage. 5115 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5116 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5117 } 5118 5119 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5120 CheckMain(NewFD); 5121 5122 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5123 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5124 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5125 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5126 // declaration with the same name. 5127 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5128 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5129 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5130 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5131 } 5132 5133 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5134 // the same name, if appropriate. 5135 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5136 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5137 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5138 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5139 // function to the scope. 5140 5141 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5142 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5143 Redeclaration = true; 5144 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5145 } else { 5146 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5147 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5148 case Ovl_Match: 5149 Redeclaration = true; 5150 break; 5151 5152 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5153 Redeclaration = true; 5154 break; 5155 5156 case Ovl_Overload: 5157 Redeclaration = false; 5158 break; 5159 } 5160 5161 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5162 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5163 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5164 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5165 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5166 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5167 if (Redeclaration) 5168 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5169 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5170 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5171 if (OverloadedDecl) 5172 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5173 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5174 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5175 Context)); 5176 } 5177 } 5178 5179 if (Redeclaration) { 5180 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5181 // merged. 5182 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 5183 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5184 5185 Previous.clear(); 5186 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5187 5188 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5189 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5190 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5191 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5192 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5193 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5194 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5195 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5196 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5197 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5198 } 5199 5200 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5201 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5202 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5203 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5204 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5205 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5206 } 5207 } else { 5208 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5209 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5210 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5211 } 5212 } 5213 } 5214 5215 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5216 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5217 // C++-specific checks. 5218 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5219 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5220 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5221 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5222 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5223 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5224 5225 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5226 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5227 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5228 DeclarationName Name 5229 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5230 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5231 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5232 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5233 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5234 } 5235 } 5236 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5237 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5238 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5239 } 5240 5241 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5242 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5243 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5244 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5245 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5246 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5247 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5248 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5249 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5250 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5251 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5252 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5253 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5254 ++Overridden) { 5255 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5256 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5257 } 5258 } 5259 } 5260 } 5261 } 5262 5263 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5264 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5265 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5266 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5267 5268 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5269 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5270 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5271 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5272 5273 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5274 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5275 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5276 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5277 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5278 5279 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5280 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5281 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5282 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5283 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5284 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5285 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5286 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5287 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5288 } 5289 } 5290 } 5291} 5292 5293void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 5294 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5295 // or static is ill-formed. 5296 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5297 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5298 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5299 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 5300 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 5301 if (isInline || isStatic) { 5302 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 5303 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5304 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 5305 5306 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5307 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5308 } 5309 5310 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5311 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5312 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5313 5314 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5315 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5316 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5317 } 5318 5319 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5320 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5321 5322 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5323 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5324 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5325 5326 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5327 5328 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5329 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5330 // getting shifty. 5331 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5332 HasExtraParameters = false; 5333 5334 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5335 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5336 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5337 nparams = 3; 5338 } 5339 5340 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5341 // if we had some location information about types. 5342 5343 QualType CharPP = 5344 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5345 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5346 5347 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5348 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5349 5350 bool mismatch = true; 5351 5352 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5353 mismatch = false; 5354 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5355 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5356 // char const ** 5357 // char const * const * 5358 // char * const * 5359 5360 QualifierCollector qs; 5361 const PointerType* PT; 5362 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5363 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5364 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5365 qs.removeConst(); 5366 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5367 } 5368 } 5369 5370 if (mismatch) { 5371 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5372 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5373 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5374 } 5375 } 5376 5377 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5378 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5379 } 5380 5381 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5382 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5383 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5384 } 5385} 5386 5387bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5388 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5389 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5390 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5391 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5392 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5393 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5394 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5395 // rules there don't matter.) 5396 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5397 return false; 5398 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5399 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5400 return true; 5401} 5402 5403namespace { 5404 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5405 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5406 class SelfReferenceChecker 5407 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5408 Sema &S; 5409 Decl *OrigDecl; 5410 bool isRecordType; 5411 bool isPODType; 5412 5413 public: 5414 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5415 5416 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5417 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 5418 isPODType = false; 5419 isRecordType = false; 5420 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 5421 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 5422 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 5423 } 5424 } 5425 5426 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5427 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5428 if (isRecordType) { 5429 Expr *expr = E; 5430 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 5431 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 5432 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 5433 expr = ME->getBase(); 5434 } 5435 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 5436 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5437 return; 5438 } 5439 } 5440 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5441 } 5442 5443 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 5444 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) 5445 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 5446 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 5447 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5448 return; 5449 } 5450 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 5451 } 5452 5453 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5454 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 5455 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 5456 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5457 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 5458 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5459 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 5460 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5461 return; 5462 } 5463 } 5464 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5465 } 5466 5467 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 5468 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 5469 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 5470 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 5471 } 5472 5473 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 5474 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5475 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5476 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5477 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5478 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 5479 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5480 << Result.getLookupName() 5481 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5482 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 5483 } 5484 }; 5485} 5486 5487/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 5488void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 5489 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 5490} 5491 5492/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5493/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5494/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5495void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5496 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5497 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5498 // the initializer. 5499 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5500 return; 5501 5502 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5503 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5504 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5505 // by a dataflow analysis. 5506 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5507 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5508 } 5509 else { 5510 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5511 } 5512 5513 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5514 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5515 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5516 // Thus this grotesque test. 5517 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5518 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5519 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5520 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5521 else { 5522 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5523 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5524 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5525 } 5526 return; 5527 } 5528 5529 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5530 if (!VDecl) { 5531 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5532 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5533 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5534 return; 5535 } 5536 5537 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5538 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5539 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5540 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5541 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5542 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5543 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5544 if (!DeducedType) { 5545 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5546 return; 5547 } 5548 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5549 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5550 5551 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5552 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5553 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5554 5555 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5556 // the previously declared type. 5557 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5558 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5559 } 5560 5561 5562 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5563 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5564 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5565 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5566 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5567 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5568 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5569 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5570 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5571 return; 5572 } 5573 5574 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5575 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5576 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5577 AbstractVariableType)) 5578 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5579 5580 const VarDecl *Def; 5581 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5582 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5583 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5584 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5585 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5586 return; 5587 } 5588 5589 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5590 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5591 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5592 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5593 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5594 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5595 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5596 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5597 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5598 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5599 // 5600 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5601 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5602 // declaration with an initializer. 5603 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5604 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5605 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5606 return; 5607 } 5608 5609 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5610 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5611 5612 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5613 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5614 return; 5615 } 5616 } 5617 5618 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5619 // initialization. 5620 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5621 5622 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5623 InitializationKind Kind 5624 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5625 Init->getLocStart(), 5626 Init->getLocEnd()) 5627 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5628 Init->getLocStart()); 5629 5630 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5631 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5632 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5633 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5634 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5635 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5636 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5637 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5638 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5639 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5640 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5641 &DclT); 5642 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5643 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5644 return; 5645 } 5646 5647 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5648 5649 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5650 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5651 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5652 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5653 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5654 } 5655 } 5656 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5657 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5658 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5659 // 5660 // struct S { 5661 // static const int value = 17; 5662 // }; 5663 5664 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5665 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5666 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5667 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5668 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5669 &DclT); 5670 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5671 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5672 return; 5673 } 5674 5675 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5676 } 5677 5678 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5679 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5680 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5681 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5682 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5683 5684 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5685 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5686 5687 // Require constness. 5688 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5689 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5690 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5691 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5692 5693 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5694 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5695 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5696 SourceLocation Loc; 5697 if (Init->isValueDependent()) 5698 ; // Nothing to check. 5699 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 5700 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 5701 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 5702 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 5703 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 5704 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5705 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5706 } else { 5707 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 5708 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 5709 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5710 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5711 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5712 } 5713 5714 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5715 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5716 // implement fully. 5717 } else { 5718 bool Allowed = false; 5719 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5720 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5721 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5722 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5723 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5724 Allowed = true; 5725 } 5726 5727 if (!Allowed) { 5728 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5729 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5730 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5731 5732 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5733 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5734 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5735 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5736 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5737 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5738 } 5739 } 5740 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5741 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5742 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5743 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5744 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5745 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5746 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5747 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5748 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5749 &DclT); 5750 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5751 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5752 return; 5753 } 5754 5755 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5756 } 5757 5758 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5759 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5760 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5761 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5762 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5763 } 5764 } 5765 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5766 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5767 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5768 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5769 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5770 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5771 Init->setType(DclT); 5772 } 5773 5774 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5775 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5776 5777 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5778 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 5779 5780 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5781 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5782 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5783 5784 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5785} 5786 5787/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5788/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5789/// of sanity. 5790void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5791 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5792 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5793 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5794 5795 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5796 if (!VD) return; 5797 5798 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5799 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5800 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5801 return; 5802 } 5803 5804 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5805 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5806 5807 // Require a complete type. 5808 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5809 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5810 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5811 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5812 return; 5813 } 5814 5815 // Require an abstract type. 5816 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5817 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5818 AbstractVariableType)) { 5819 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5820 return; 5821 } 5822 5823 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5824 // though. 5825} 5826 5827void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5828 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5829 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5830 if (RealDecl == 0) 5831 return; 5832 5833 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5834 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5835 5836 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5837 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5838 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5839 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5840 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5841 return; 5842 } 5843 5844 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5845 case VarDecl::Definition: 5846 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5847 break; 5848 5849 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5850 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5851 // a declaration. 5852 // 5853 // Fall through 5854 5855 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5856 // It's only a declaration. 5857 5858 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5859 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5860 // object shall be complete. 5861 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5862 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5863 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5864 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5865 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5866 5867 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5868 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5869 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5870 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5871 AbstractVariableType)) 5872 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5873 return; 5874 5875 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5876 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5877 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5878 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5879 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5880 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5881 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5882 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5883 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5884 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5885 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5886 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5887 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5888 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5889 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5890 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5891 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5892 // NOTE: code such as the following 5893 // static struct s; 5894 // struct s { int a; }; 5895 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5896 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5897 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5898 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5899 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5900 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5901 } 5902 } 5903 5904 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5905 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5906 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5907 return; 5908 } 5909 5910 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5911 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5912 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5913 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5914 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5915 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5916 return; 5917 } 5918 5919 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5920 // definitions with reference type. 5921 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5922 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5923 << Var->getDeclName() 5924 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5925 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5926 return; 5927 } 5928 5929 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5930 // variable with dependent type. 5931 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5932 return; 5933 5934 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5935 return; 5936 5937 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5938 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5939 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5940 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5941 return; 5942 } 5943 5944 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5945 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5946 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5947 AbstractVariableType)) { 5948 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5949 return; 5950 } 5951 5952 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5953 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5954 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5955 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 5956 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 5957 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 5958 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 5959 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 5960 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 5961 // types and is declared without an initializer. 5962 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 5963 if (const RecordType *Record 5964 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5965 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 5966 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) || 5967 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5968 (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 5969 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()))) 5970 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5971 } 5972 } 5973 5974 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5975 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5976 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5977 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5978 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5979 // type shall have a user-declared default 5980 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5981 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5982 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5983 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5984 // program is ill-formed. 5985 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 5986 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 5987 // default-initialized; [...]. 5988 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5989 InitializationKind Kind 5990 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5991 5992 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5993 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5994 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5995 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5996 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5997 else if (Init.get()) 5998 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5999 6000 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6001 } 6002} 6003 6004void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6005 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6006 if (!VD) { 6007 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6008 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6009 return; 6010 } 6011 6012 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6013 6014 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6015 int Error = -1; 6016 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6017 case SC_None: 6018 break; 6019 case SC_Extern: 6020 Error = 0; 6021 break; 6022 case SC_Static: 6023 Error = 1; 6024 break; 6025 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6026 Error = 2; 6027 break; 6028 case SC_Auto: 6029 Error = 3; 6030 break; 6031 case SC_Register: 6032 Error = 4; 6033 break; 6034 } 6035 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 6036 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 6037 // Error = 5; 6038 if (Error != -1) { 6039 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6040 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6041 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6042 } 6043} 6044 6045void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6046 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6047 6048 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6049 // local retaining variable. 6050 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6051 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6052 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6053 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6054 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6055 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6056 break; 6057 6058 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6059 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6060 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6061 break; 6062 } 6063 } 6064 6065 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6066 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 6067 6068 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6069 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6070 6071 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6072 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6073 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6074 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6075 6076 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6077 // constructing this copy. 6078 QualType type = var->getType(); 6079 6080 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6081 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6082 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6083 ExprResult result = 6084 PerformCopyInitialization( 6085 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6086 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6087 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6088 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6089 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6090 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6091 } 6092 } 6093 } 6094 6095 // Check for global constructors. 6096 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 6097 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 6098 !var->isStaticLocal() && 6099 var->getInit() && 6100 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 6101 baseType->isReferenceType())) 6102 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6103 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6104 6105 // Require the destructor. 6106 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6107 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6108} 6109 6110/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6111/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6112void 6113Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6114 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6115 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6116} 6117 6118Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6119Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6120 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6121 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6122 6123 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6124 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6125 6126 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6127 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6128 Decls.push_back(D); 6129 6130 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6131 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6132} 6133 6134/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6135/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6136Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6137Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6138 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6139 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6140 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6141 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6142 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6143 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6144 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6145 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6146 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6147 QualType Deduced; 6148 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6149 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6150 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6151 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6152 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6153 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6154 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6155 break; 6156 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6157 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6158 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6159 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6160 Deduced = U; 6161 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6162 DeducedDecl = D; 6163 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6164 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6165 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6166 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6167 << U << D->getDeclName() 6168 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6169 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6170 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6171 break; 6172 } 6173 } 6174 } 6175 } 6176 } 6177 6178 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6179} 6180 6181 6182/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6183/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6184Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6185 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6186 6187 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6188 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6189 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6190 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6191 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6192 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6193 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6194 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6195 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6196 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6197 } 6198 6199 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6200 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6201 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6202 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6203 << 0; 6204 6205 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6206 6207 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6208 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6209 6210 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6211 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6212 // parameter. 6213 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6214 6215 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6216 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6217 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6218 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6219 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6220 } 6221 } 6222 6223 // Ensure we have a valid name 6224 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6225 if (D.hasName()) { 6226 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6227 if (!II) { 6228 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6229 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6230 D.setInvalidType(true); 6231 } 6232 } 6233 6234 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6235 if (II) { 6236 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6237 ForRedeclaration); 6238 LookupName(R, S); 6239 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6240 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6241 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6242 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6243 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6244 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6245 PrevDecl = 0; 6246 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6247 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6248 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6249 6250 // Recover by removing the name 6251 II = 0; 6252 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6253 D.setInvalidType(true); 6254 } 6255 } 6256 } 6257 6258 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6259 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6260 // looking like class members in C++. 6261 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6262 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6263 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6264 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6265 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6266 6267 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6268 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6269 6270 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6271 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6272 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6273 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6274 6275 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6276 S->AddDecl(New); 6277 if (II) 6278 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6279 6280 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6281 6282 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6283 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6284 } 6285 return New; 6286} 6287 6288/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6289/// typedef. 6290ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6291 SourceLocation Loc, 6292 QualType T) { 6293 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6294 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6295 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6296 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6297 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6298 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6299 Param->setImplicit(); 6300 return Param; 6301} 6302 6303void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6304 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6305 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6306 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6307 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6308 return; 6309 6310 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6311 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6312 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6313 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6314 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6315 } 6316 } 6317} 6318 6319void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6320 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6321 QualType ReturnTy, 6322 NamedDecl *D) { 6323 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6324 return; 6325 6326 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6327 // threshold. 6328 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6329 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6330 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6331 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6332 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6333 } 6334 6335 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6336 // threshold. 6337 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6338 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6339 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6340 continue; 6341 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6342 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6343 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6344 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6345 } 6346} 6347 6348ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6349 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6350 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6351 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6352 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6353 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6354 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6355 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6356 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6357 6358 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6359 6360 // Special cases for arrays: 6361 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6362 // - otherwise, it's an error 6363 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6364 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6365 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 6366 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 6367 } 6368 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6369 } else { 6370 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6371 } 6372 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6373 } 6374 6375 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6376 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 6377 TSInfo, 6378 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6379 0); 6380 6381 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6382 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6383 // the class has been completely parsed. 6384 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6385 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6386 AbstractParamType)) 6387 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6388 6389 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6390 // passed by reference. 6391 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6392 Diag(NameLoc, 6393 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 6394 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 6395 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6396 New->setType(T); 6397 } 6398 6399 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6400 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6401 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6402 // an address space. 6403 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6404 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6405 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6406 } 6407 6408 return New; 6409} 6410 6411void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6412 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6413 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6414 6415 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6416 // for a K&R function. 6417 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6418 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6419 --i; 6420 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6421 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6422 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6423 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6424 << ";\n"; 6425 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6426 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6427 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6428 6429 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6430 // type. 6431 AttributeFactory attrs; 6432 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6433 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6434 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6435 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6436 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6437 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6438 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6439 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6440 } 6441 } 6442 } 6443} 6444 6445Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6446 Declarator &D) { 6447 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6448 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6449 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6450 6451 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6452 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6453 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6454 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6455} 6456 6457static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6458 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6459 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6460 return false; 6461 6462 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6463 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6464 return false; 6465 6466 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6467 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6468 return false; 6469 6470 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6471 if (FD->isMain()) 6472 return false; 6473 6474 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6475 if (FD->isInlined()) 6476 return false; 6477 6478 // Don't warn about function templates. 6479 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6480 return false; 6481 6482 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6483 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6484 return false; 6485 6486 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6487 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6488 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6489 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6490 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6491 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6492 continue; 6493 6494 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6495 break; 6496 } 6497 6498 return MissingPrototype; 6499} 6500 6501void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6502 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6503 // was an extern inline function. 6504 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6505 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6506 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6507 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6508 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6509 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6510 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6511 else 6512 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6513 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6514 } 6515} 6516 6517Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6518 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6519 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6520 6521 if (!D) 6522 return D; 6523 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6524 6525 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6526 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6527 else 6528 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6529 6530 // Enter a new function scope 6531 PushFunctionScope(); 6532 6533 // See if this is a redefinition. 6534 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6535 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6536 6537 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6538 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6539 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6540 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6541 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6546 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6547 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6548 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6549 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6550 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6551 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6552 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6553 6554 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6555 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6556 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6557 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6558 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6559 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6560 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6561 6562 if (FnBodyScope) 6563 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6564 6565 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6566 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6567 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6568 6569 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6570 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6571 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6572 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6573 6574 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6575 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6576 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6577 6578 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6579 } 6580 } 6581 6582 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6583 // dllimport attribute. 6584 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6585 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6586 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6587 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6588 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6589 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6590 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6591 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6592 << "dllimport"; 6593 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6594 return FD; 6595 } 6596 6597 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6598 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6599 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6600 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6601 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6602 // emitted. 6603 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6604 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6605 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6606 } 6607 } 6608 return FD; 6609} 6610 6611/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6612/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6613/// optimization. 6614/// 6615/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6616/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6617/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6618/// use the named return value optimization. 6619/// 6620/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6621/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6622/// the NRVO variable. 6623/// 6624/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6625/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6626/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6627static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6628 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6629 6630 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6631 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6632 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6633 return; 6634 6635 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6636 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6637 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6638 return; 6639 } 6640 6641 if (NRVOCandidate) 6642 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6643} 6644 6645Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6646 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6647} 6648 6649Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6650 bool IsInstantiation) { 6651 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6652 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6653 if (FunTmpl) 6654 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6655 else 6656 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6657 6658 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6659 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6660 6661 if (FD) { 6662 FD->setBody(Body); 6663 if (FD->isMain()) { 6664 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6665 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6666 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6667 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6668 } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 6669 // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return 6670 // statements. 6671 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6672 } 6673 6674 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6675 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6676 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6677 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6678 6679 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6680 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6681 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6682 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6683 6684 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6685 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6686 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6687 6688 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6689 } 6690 6691 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6692 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6693 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6694 MD->setBody(Body); 6695 if (Body) 6696 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6697 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6698 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6699 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6700 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6701 } 6702 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 6703 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 6704 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 6705 } 6706 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 6707 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 6708 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 6709 } 6710 } else { 6711 return 0; 6712 } 6713 6714 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 6715 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 6716 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 6717 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 6718 6719 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6720 if (Body) { 6721 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6722 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6723 // Verify this. 6724 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6725 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6726 6727 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6728 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6729 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6730 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 6731 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6732 6733 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6734 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6735 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6736 6737 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6738 Destructor->getParent()); 6739 } 6740 6741 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6742 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6743 // deletion in some later function. 6744 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6745 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 6746 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6747 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6748 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6749 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6750 // enabled. 6751 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6752 } 6753 6754 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6755 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 6756 } 6757 6758 if (!IsInstantiation) 6759 PopDeclContext(); 6760 6761 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6762 6763 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6764 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6765 // deletion in some later function. 6766 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 6767 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6768 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6769 } 6770 6771 return dcl; 6772} 6773 6774/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6775/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6776NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6777 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6778 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6779 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6780 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6781 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6782 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6783 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 6784 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6785 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6786 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6787 return Pos->second; 6788 } 6789 6790 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6791 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6792 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6793 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6794 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6795 else 6796 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6797 6798 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6799 const char *Dummy; 6800 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6801 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6802 unsigned DiagID; 6803 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6804 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6805 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6806 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6807 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6808 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6809 SourceLocation(), 6810 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6811 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6812 DS.getAttributes(), 6813 SourceLocation()); 6814 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6815 6816 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6817 6818 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6819 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6820 6821 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6822 FD->setImplicit(); 6823 6824 CurContext = PrevDC; 6825 6826 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6827 6828 return FD; 6829} 6830 6831/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6832/// the declaration of this function. 6833/// 6834/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6835/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6836/// like NSLog or printf. 6837/// 6838/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 6839/// attributes are applied to declarations. 6840void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6841 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6842 return; 6843 6844 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6845 // actual attributes. 6846 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6847 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6848 unsigned FormatIdx; 6849 bool HasVAListArg; 6850 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6851 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6852 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6853 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6854 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6855 } 6856 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6857 HasVAListArg)) { 6858 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6859 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6860 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6861 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6862 } 6863 6864 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6865 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6866 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6867 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6868 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6869 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6870 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6871 } 6872 6873 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 6874 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6875 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6876 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6877 } 6878 6879 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6880 if (!Name) 6881 return; 6882 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6883 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6884 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6885 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6886 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6887 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6888 // about. 6889 } else 6890 return; 6891 6892 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6893 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6894 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6895 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6896 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6897 } else 6898 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6899 "printf", 1, 6900 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6901 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6902 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6903 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6904 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6905 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6906 "printf", 2, 6907 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6908 } 6909} 6910 6911TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6912 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6913 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6914 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6915 6916 if (!TInfo) { 6917 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6918 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6919 } 6920 6921 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6922 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6923 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6924 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6925 D.getIdentifier(), 6926 TInfo); 6927 6928 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6929 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6930 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6931 return NewTD; 6932 } 6933 6934 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6935 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6936 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6937 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6938 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6939 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6940 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6941 case TST_enum: 6942 case TST_struct: 6943 case TST_union: 6944 case TST_class: { 6945 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6946 6947 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6948 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6949 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6950 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6951 6952 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6953 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6954 6955 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6956 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6957 break; 6958 6959 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6960 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6961 break; 6962 } 6963 6964 default: 6965 break; 6966 } 6967 6968 return NewTD; 6969} 6970 6971 6972/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6973/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6974/// 6975/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6976bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6977 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 6978 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6979 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6980 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6981 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6982 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6983 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6984 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6985 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6986 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6987 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6988 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6989 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6990 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6991 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6992 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6993 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6994 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 6995 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6996 return true; 6997 6998 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6999 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7000 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7001 bool isTemplate = false; 7002 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7003 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7004 7005 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7006 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7007 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7008 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7009 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7010 return true; 7011 } 7012 7013 if (isDefinition) { 7014 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7015 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7016 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7017 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7018 return true; 7019 } 7020 7021 bool previousMismatch = false; 7022 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7023 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7024 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7025 if (!previousMismatch) { 7026 previousMismatch = true; 7027 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7028 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7029 } 7030 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7031 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7032 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7033 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7034 "class" : "struct"); 7035 } 7036 } 7037 return true; 7038 } 7039 7040 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7041 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7042 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7043 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7044 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7045 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7046 return true; 7047 } 7048 7049 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7050 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7051 << isTemplate << &Name; 7052 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7053 7054 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7055 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7056 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7057 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7058 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7059 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7060 } 7061 7062 return true; 7063 } 7064 return false; 7065} 7066 7067/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7068/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7069/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7070/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7071Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7072 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7073 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7074 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7075 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7076 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7077 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7078 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7079 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7080 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7081 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7082 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7083 7084 OwnedDecl = false; 7085 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7086 7087 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7088 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7089 bool Invalid = false; 7090 7091 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7092 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7093 // for non-C++ cases. 7094 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7095 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7096 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7097 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7098 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7099 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7100 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7101 isExplicitSpecialization, 7102 Invalid)) { 7103 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7104 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 7105 // be a member of another template). 7106 7107 if (Invalid) 7108 return 0; 7109 7110 OwnedDecl = false; 7111 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 7112 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 7113 TemplateParams, AS, 7114 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 7115 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7116 return Result.get(); 7117 } else { 7118 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 7119 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 7120 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 7121 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 7122 } 7123 } 7124 } 7125 7126 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 7127 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 7128 // redeclaration. 7129 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 7130 7131 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7132 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 7133 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 7134 // type, default to int. 7135 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7136 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 7137 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 7138 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 7139 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 7140 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 7141 EnumUnderlying = TI; 7142 7143 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7144 7145 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 7146 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 7147 << T; 7148 // Recover by falling back to int. 7149 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7150 } 7151 7152 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 7153 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 7154 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7155 7156 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7157 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 7158 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7159 } 7160 7161 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 7162 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7163 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 7164 7165 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 7166 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 7167 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 7168 7169 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 7170 7171 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7172 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 7173 7174 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 7175 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 7176 Name = 0; 7177 goto CreateNewDecl; 7178 } 7179 7180 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 7181 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 7182 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7183 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 7184 if (!DC) { 7185 IsDependent = true; 7186 return 0; 7187 } 7188 } else { 7189 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 7190 if (!DC) { 7191 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 7192 << SS.getRange(); 7193 return 0; 7194 } 7195 } 7196 7197 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 7198 return 0; 7199 7200 SearchDC = DC; 7201 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 7202 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 7203 7204 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7205 return 0; 7206 7207 if (Previous.empty()) { 7208 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7209 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7210 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7211 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7212 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7213 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7214 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7215 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7216 IsDependent = true; 7217 return 0; 7218 } 7219 7220 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7221 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7222 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7223 Name = 0; 7224 Invalid = true; 7225 goto CreateNewDecl; 7226 } 7227 } else if (Name) { 7228 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7229 // declaration or definition. 7230 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7231 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7232 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7233 LookupName(Previous, S); 7234 7235 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7236 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7237 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7238 while (F.hasNext()) { 7239 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7240 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7241 F.erase(); 7242 } 7243 F.done(); 7244 } 7245 7246 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7247 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7248 return 0; 7249 7250 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7251 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7252 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7253 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7254 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7255 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7256 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7257 } 7258 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7259 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7260 // initial context to the translation unit. 7261 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7262 } 7263 7264 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7265 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7266 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7267 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7268 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7269 Previous.clear(); 7270 } 7271 7272 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7273 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7274 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7275 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7276 7277 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7278 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7279 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7280 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7281 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7282 } 7283 } 7284 7285 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7286 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7287 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7288 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7289 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7290 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7291 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7292 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7293 7294 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7295 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7296 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7297 // 7298 // class-key identifier 7299 // 7300 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7301 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7302 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7303 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7304 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7305 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7306 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7307 // declaration. 7308 // 7309 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7310 // C structs and unions. 7311 // 7312 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7313 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7314 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7315 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7316 // 7317 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7318 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7319 // 7320 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7321 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7322 // lexical context, 7323 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7324 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7325 7326 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7327 while (S->isClassScope() || 7328 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7329 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7330 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7331 (S->getEntity() && 7332 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7333 S = S->getParent(); 7334 } else { 7335 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7336 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7337 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7338 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7339 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7340 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7341 } 7342 7343 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7344 // diagnose some problems. 7345 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7346 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7347 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7348 } 7349 } 7350 7351 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7352 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7353 7354 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7355 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7356 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7357 // in C++. 7358 // 7359 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7360 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7361 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7362 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7363 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7364 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7365 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7366 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7367 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7368 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7369 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7370 PrevDecl = Tag; 7371 Previous.clear(); 7372 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7373 Previous.resolveKind(); 7374 } 7375 } 7376 } 7377 } 7378 7379 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7380 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7381 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7382 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7383 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7384 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7385 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7386 // struct or something similar. 7387 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7388 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7389 *Name)) { 7390 bool SafeToContinue 7391 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7392 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7393 if (SafeToContinue) 7394 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7395 << Name 7396 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7397 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7398 else 7399 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7400 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7401 7402 if (SafeToContinue) 7403 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7404 else { 7405 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7406 Name = 0; 7407 Previous.clear(); 7408 Invalid = true; 7409 } 7410 } 7411 7412 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7413 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7414 7415 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7416 // returning the previous declaration. 7417 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7418 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7419 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7420 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7421 return PrevTagDecl; 7422 } 7423 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7424 QualType T; 7425 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7426 T = TI->getType(); 7427 else 7428 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7429 7430 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7431 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7432 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7433 << T 7434 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7435 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7436 return PrevTagDecl; 7437 } 7438 } 7439 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7440 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7441 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7442 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7443 return PrevTagDecl; 7444 } 7445 } 7446 7447 if (!Invalid) { 7448 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7449 7450 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7451 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7452 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7453 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7454 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7455 getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7456 return PrevTagDecl; 7457 7458 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7459 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7460 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7461 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7462 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7463 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7464 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7465 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7466 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7467 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7468 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7469 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7470 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7471 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7472 // references get the previous definition. 7473 Name = 0; 7474 Previous.clear(); 7475 Invalid = true; 7476 } 7477 } else { 7478 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7479 // about a nested redefinition. 7480 const TagType *Tag 7481 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7482 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7483 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7484 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7485 diag::note_previous_definition); 7486 Name = 0; 7487 Previous.clear(); 7488 Invalid = true; 7489 } 7490 } 7491 7492 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7493 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7494 } 7495 } 7496 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7497 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7498 7499 } else { 7500 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7501 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7502 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7503 // have distinct types. 7504 Previous.clear(); 7505 } 7506 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7507 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7508 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7509 7510 7511 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7512 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7513 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7514 } else { 7515 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7516 7517 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7518 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7519 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7520 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7521 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7522 unsigned Kind = 0; 7523 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7524 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7525 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7526 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7527 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7528 Invalid = true; 7529 7530 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7531 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7532 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7533 // do nothing 7534 7535 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7536 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7537 unsigned Kind = 0; 7538 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7539 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7540 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7541 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7542 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7543 Invalid = true; 7544 7545 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7546 // case here. 7547 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7548 unsigned Kind = 0; 7549 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7550 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7551 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7552 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7553 Invalid = true; 7554 7555 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7556 } else { 7557 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7558 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7559 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7560 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7561 Name = 0; 7562 Invalid = true; 7563 } 7564 7565 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7566 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7567 Previous.clear(); 7568 } 7569 } 7570 7571CreateNewDecl: 7572 7573 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7574 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7575 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7576 7577 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7578 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7579 // keyword. 7580 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7581 7582 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7583 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7584 // PrevDecl. 7585 TagDecl *New; 7586 7587 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7588 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7589 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7590 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7591 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7592 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7593 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7594 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7595 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7596 TagDecl *Def; 7597 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7598 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7599 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7600 } 7601 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7602 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7603 << New; 7604 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7605 } else { 7606 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7607 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7608 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7609 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7610 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7611 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7612 7613 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7614 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7615 // the declaration context. 7616 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7617 IsForwardReference = true; 7618 } 7619 } 7620 7621 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7622 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7623 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7624 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7625 else 7626 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7627 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7628 } 7629 7630 } else { 7631 // struct/union/class 7632 7633 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7634 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7635 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7636 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7637 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7638 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7639 7640 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7641 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7642 } else 7643 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7644 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7645 } 7646 7647 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7648 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7649 if (SS.isSet()) { 7650 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7651 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7652 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7653 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7654 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7655 } 7656 } 7657 else 7658 Invalid = true; 7659 } 7660 7661 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7662 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7663 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7664 // 7665 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7666 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7667 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7668 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7669 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7670 // parsing of the struct). 7671 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7672 7673 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7674 } 7675 7676 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7677 // check the specialization. 7678 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7679 Invalid = true; 7680 7681 if (Invalid) 7682 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7683 7684 if (Attr) 7685 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7686 7687 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7688 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7689 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7690 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7691 7692 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7693 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7694 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7695 7696 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7697 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 7698 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 7699 // the tag name visible. 7700 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7701 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 7702 getLangOptions().Microsoft); 7703 7704 // Set the access specifier. 7705 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7706 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7707 7708 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7709 New->startDefinition(); 7710 7711 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7712 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7713 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7714 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7715 if (PrevDecl) 7716 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7717 7718 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7719 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7720 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7721 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7722 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7723 } else if (Name) { 7724 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7725 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7726 if (IsForwardReference) 7727 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7728 7729 } else { 7730 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7731 } 7732 7733 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7734 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7735 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7736 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7737 II->isStr("FILE")) 7738 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7739 7740 OwnedDecl = true; 7741 return New; 7742} 7743 7744void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7745 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7746 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7747 7748 // Enter the tag context. 7749 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7750} 7751 7752void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 7753 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 7754 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 7755 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 7756 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 7757 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 7758 CurContext = OCD; 7759} 7760 7761void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7762 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7763 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7764 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7765 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7766 7767 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7768 7769 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7770 return; 7771 7772 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7773 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7774 7775 // C++ [class]p2: 7776 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7777 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7778 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7779 // as if it were a public member name. 7780 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7781 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7782 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7783 Record->getIdentifier(), 7784 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7785 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7786 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7787 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7788 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7789 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7790 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7791 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7792 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7793 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7794} 7795 7796void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7797 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7798 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7799 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7800 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7801 7802 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7803 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7804 7805 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7806 PopDeclContext(); 7807 7808 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7809 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7810} 7811 7812void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 7813 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 7814 PopDeclContext(); 7815} 7816 7817void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7818 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7819 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7820 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7821 7822 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7823 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7824 // the FieldCollector. 7825 7826 PopDeclContext(); 7827} 7828 7829// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7830bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7831 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7832 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7833 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7834 if (ZeroWidth) 7835 *ZeroWidth = true; 7836 7837 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7838 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7839 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7840 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7841 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7842 return true; 7843 if (FieldName) 7844 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7845 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7846 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7847 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7848 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7849 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7850 return true; 7851 7852 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7853 // it now. 7854 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7855 return false; 7856 7857 llvm::APSInt Value; 7858 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7859 return true; 7860 7861 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7862 *ZeroWidth = false; 7863 7864 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7865 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7866 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7867 7868 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7869 if (FieldName) 7870 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7871 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7872 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7873 << Value.toString(10); 7874 } 7875 7876 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7877 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7878 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7879 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7880 if (FieldName) 7881 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7882 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7883 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7884 7885 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7886 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7887 } 7888 7889 if (FieldName) 7890 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7891 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7892 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7893 else 7894 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7895 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7896 } 7897 } 7898 7899 return false; 7900} 7901 7902/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 7903/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7904Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 7905 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7906 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7907 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7908 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 7909 return Res; 7910} 7911 7912/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7913/// 7914FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7915 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7916 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7917 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7918 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7919 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7920 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7921 7922 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7923 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7924 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7925 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7926 7927 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7928 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7929 D.setInvalidType(); 7930 T = Context.IntTy; 7931 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7932 } 7933 } 7934 7935 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7936 7937 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7938 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7939 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7940 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7941 << 2; 7942 7943 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7944 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7945 LookupName(Previous, S); 7946 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7947 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7948 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7949 7950 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7951 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7952 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7953 7954 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7955 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7956 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7957 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7958 PrevDecl = 0; 7959 } 7960 7961 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7962 PrevDecl = 0; 7963 7964 bool Mutable 7965 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7966 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7967 FieldDecl *NewFD 7968 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 7969 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7970 7971 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7972 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7973 7974 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7975 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7976 // with the same name in the same scope. 7977 } else if (II) { 7978 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7979 } else 7980 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7981 7982 return NewFD; 7983} 7984 7985/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7986/// 7987/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7988/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7989/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7990/// created. 7991/// 7992/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7993/// 7994/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7995FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7996 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7997 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7998 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 7999 SourceLocation TSSL, 8000 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8001 Declarator *D) { 8002 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8003 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8004 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8005 8006 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8007 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8008 if (T.isNull()) { 8009 InvalidDecl = true; 8010 T = Context.IntTy; 8011 } 8012 8013 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8014 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 8015 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8016 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8017 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8018 InvalidDecl = true; 8019 } 8020 8021 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8022 // than a variably modified type. 8023 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8024 bool SizeIsNegative; 8025 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8026 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 8027 SizeIsNegative, 8028 Oversized); 8029 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 8030 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 8031 T = FixedTy; 8032 } else { 8033 if (SizeIsNegative) 8034 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 8035 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 8036 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 8037 << Oversized.toString(10); 8038 else 8039 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 8040 InvalidDecl = true; 8041 } 8042 } 8043 8044 // Fields can not have abstract class types 8045 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 8046 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8047 AbstractFieldType)) 8048 InvalidDecl = true; 8049 8050 bool ZeroWidth = false; 8051 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 8052 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 8053 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 8054 InvalidDecl = true; 8055 BitWidth = 0; 8056 ZeroWidth = false; 8057 } 8058 8059 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 8060 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 8061 unsigned DiagID = 0; 8062 if (T->isReferenceType()) 8063 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 8064 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 8065 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 8066 8067 if (DiagID) { 8068 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 8069 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 8070 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 8071 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 8072 Mutable = false; 8073 InvalidDecl = true; 8074 } 8075 } 8076 8077 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 8078 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 8079 if (InvalidDecl) 8080 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8081 8082 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8083 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8084 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8085 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8086 } 8087 8088 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8089 if (Record->isUnion()) { 8090 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8091 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8092 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8093 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 8094 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 8095 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 8096 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 8097 // objects. 8098 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 8099 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8100 } 8101 } 8102 8103 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 8104 // the program is ill-formed. 8105 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 8106 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 8107 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 8108 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8109 } 8110 } 8111 } 8112 8113 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 8114 // representation, not a parser representation. 8115 if (D) 8116 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 8117 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 8118 8119 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 8120 // retainable type. 8121 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 8122 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8123 8124 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 8125 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 8126 8127 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 8128 return NewFD; 8129} 8130 8131bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 8132 assert(FD); 8133 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 8134 8135 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8136 return true; 8137 8138 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8139 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8140 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8141 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8142 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 8143 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 8144 // copy constructors. 8145 8146 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 8147 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8148 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 8149 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 8150 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 8151 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8152 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 8153 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8154 member = CXXDestructor; 8155 8156 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 8157 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 8158 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 8159 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 8160 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 8161 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 8162 // members unavailable. 8163 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8164 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 8165 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 8166 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 8167 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8168 return false; 8169 } 8170 } 8171 8172 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 8173 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 8174 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 8175 return true; 8176 } 8177 } 8178 } 8179 8180 return false; 8181} 8182 8183/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 8184/// special member, figure out why. 8185void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 8186 QualType QT(T, 0U); 8187 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 8188 8189 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 8190 switch (member) { 8191 case CXXInvalid: 8192 break; 8193 8194 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8195 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 8196 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 8197 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 8198 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 8199 ci->hasBody(body); 8200 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 8201 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 8202 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8203 return; 8204 } 8205 } 8206 8207 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 8208 return; 8209 } 8210 break; 8211 8212 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8213 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 8214 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 8215 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 8216 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8217 return; 8218 } 8219 break; 8220 8221 case CXXMoveConstructor: 8222 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 8223 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 8224 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8225 return; 8226 } 8227 break; 8228 8229 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8230 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 8231 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 8232 // assignment, not the type. 8233 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8234 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8235 return; 8236 } 8237 break; 8238 8239 case CXXMoveAssignment: 8240 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 8241 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 8242 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8243 return; 8244 } 8245 break; 8246 8247 case CXXDestructor: 8248 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 8249 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 8250 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8251 return; 8252 } 8253 break; 8254 } 8255 8256 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8257 8258 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8259 // but not trivial destruction. 8260 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8261 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8262 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8263 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8264 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8265 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8266 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8267 return; 8268 } 8269 8270 // Check for virtual methods. 8271 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8272 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8273 ++mi) { 8274 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8275 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8276 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8277 return; 8278 } 8279 } 8280 } 8281 8282 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8283 switch (member) { 8284 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8285 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8286 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8287 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8288 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8289 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8290 case CXXDestructor: 8291 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8292 default: 8293 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 8294 } 8295 8296 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8297 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8298 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8299 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8300 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8301 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8302 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8303 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8304 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8305 return; 8306 } 8307 } 8308 8309 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8310 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8311 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8312 ++fi) { 8313 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8314 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8315 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8316 8317 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8318 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8319 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8320 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8321 return; 8322 } 8323 } 8324 8325 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8326 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8327 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8328 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8329 break; 8330 8331 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8332 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8333 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8334 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 8335 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8336 return; 8337 } 8338 } 8339 } 8340 8341 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8342} 8343 8344/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8345/// AST enum value. 8346static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8347TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8348 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8349 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 8350 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8351 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8352 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8353 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8354 } 8355} 8356 8357/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8358/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8359Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8360 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8361 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 8362 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8363 8364 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8365 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8366 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8367 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8368 8369 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8370 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8371 8372 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8373 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8374 8375 if (BitWidth) { 8376 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8377 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8378 D.setInvalidType(); 8379 BitWidth = 0; 8380 } 8381 } else { 8382 // Not a bitfield. 8383 8384 // validate II. 8385 8386 } 8387 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8388 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8389 D.setInvalidType(); 8390 } 8391 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8392 // than a variably modified type. 8393 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8394 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8395 D.setInvalidType(); 8396 } 8397 8398 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8399 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8400 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8401 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8402 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8403 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 8404 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8405 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8406 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8407 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8408 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8409 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8410 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8411 } 8412 else 8413 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8414 } else { 8415 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8416 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8417 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8418 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8419 return 0; 8420 } 8421 } 8422 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8423 } 8424 8425 // Construct the decl. 8426 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8427 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8428 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8429 8430 if (II) { 8431 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8432 ForRedeclaration); 8433 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8434 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8435 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8436 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8437 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8438 } 8439 } 8440 8441 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8442 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8443 8444 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8445 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8446 8447 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8448 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8449 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8450 8451 if (II) { 8452 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8453 // these to the interface. 8454 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8455 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8456 } 8457 8458 return NewID; 8459} 8460 8461/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 8462/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 8463/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 8464/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 8465void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 8466 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 8467 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 8468 return; 8469 8470 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 8471 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 8472 8473 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 8474 return; 8475 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 8476 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 8477 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 8478 return; 8479 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 8480 if (!ID) { 8481 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 8482 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 8483 return; 8484 } 8485 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 8486 else 8487 return; 8488 } 8489 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 8490 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 8491 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 8492 8493 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 8494 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8495 Context.CharTy, 8496 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 8497 DeclLoc), 8498 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8499 true); 8500 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8501} 8502 8503void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8504 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8505 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8506 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8507 AttributeList *Attr) { 8508 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8509 8510 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8511 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8512 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8513 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 8514 return; 8515 } 8516 8517 8518 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8519 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8520 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8521 8522 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8523 bool ARCErrReported = false; 8524 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8525 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8526 8527 // Get the type for the field. 8528 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8529 8530 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8531 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8532 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8533 } 8534 8535 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8536 // diagnostics about it. 8537 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8538 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8539 continue; 8540 } 8541 8542 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8543 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8544 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8545 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8546 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8547 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8548 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8549 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8550 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8551 // array. 8552 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8553 // Field declared as a function. 8554 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8555 << FD->getDeclName(); 8556 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8557 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8558 continue; 8559 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8560 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8561 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8562 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8563 // Flexible array member. 8564 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8565 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8566 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8567 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8568 if (Record->isUnion()) 8569 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8570 << FD->getDeclName(); 8571 else if (NumFields == 1) 8572 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8573 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8574 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8575 if (Record->isUnion()) 8576 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8577 << FD->getDeclName(); 8578 else if (NumFields == 1) 8579 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8580 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8581 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8582 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8583 << FD->getDeclName(); 8584 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8585 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8586 continue; 8587 } 8588 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8589 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 8590 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8591 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8592 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8593 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8594 continue; 8595 } 8596 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8597 if (Record) 8598 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8599 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8600 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8601 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8602 // Incomplete type 8603 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8604 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8605 continue; 8606 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8607 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8608 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8609 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8610 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8611 } else { 8612 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8613 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8614 // structures. 8615 if (i != NumFields-1) 8616 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8617 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8618 else { 8619 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8620 // other structs as an extension. 8621 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8622 << FD->getDeclName(); 8623 if (Record) 8624 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8625 } 8626 } 8627 } 8628 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8629 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8630 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8631 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8632 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 8633 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 8634 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 8635 FD->setType(T); 8636 } 8637 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8638 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 8639 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 8640 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 8641 // so we just make the field unavailable. 8642 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 8643 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 8644 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8645 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 8646 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 8647 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 8648 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 8649 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 8650 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 8651 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8652 } 8653 } else { 8654 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct); 8655 } 8656 ARCErrReported = true; 8657 } 8658 } 8659 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8660 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8661 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 8662 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8663 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 8664 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8665 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8666 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8667 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 8668 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8669 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8670 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8671 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 8672 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8673 } 8674 } 8675 } 8676 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8677 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8678 ++NumNamedMembers; 8679 } 8680 8681 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8682 if (Record) { 8683 bool Completed = false; 8684 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8685 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8686 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8687 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8688 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8689 I != E; ++I) 8690 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8691 8692 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8693 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 8694 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 8695 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 8696 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 8697 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 8698 // 8699 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 8700 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 8701 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 8702 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 8703 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 8704 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8705 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 8706 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 8707 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 8708 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8709 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 8710 << CXXRecord; 8711 } else { 8712 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 8713 // for them is going to be tricky. 8714 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8715 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8716 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8717 << CXXRecord << 0; 8718 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8719 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8720 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8721 << CXXRecord << 1; 8722 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8723 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8724 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8725 << CXXRecord << 2; 8726 } 8727 } 8728 8729 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 8730 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8731 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 8732 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 8733 8734 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8735 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8736 8737 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8738 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8739 // problem now. 8740 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8741 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8742 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8743 8744 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8745 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8746 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8747 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8748 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8749 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8750 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8751 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8752 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8753 continue; 8754 8755 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8756 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8757 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8758 // program is ill-formed. 8759 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8760 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8761 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8762 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8763 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8764 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8765 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8766 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8767 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8768 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8769 8770 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8771 } 8772 } 8773 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8774 Completed = true; 8775 } 8776 } 8777 } 8778 } 8779 8780 if (!Completed) 8781 Record->completeDefinition(); 8782 8783 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 8784 // we were missing. 8785 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 8786 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 8787 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 8788 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 8789 break; 8790 8791 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 8792 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 8793 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 8794 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 8795 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 8796 } 8797 8798 } else { 8799 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8800 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8801 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8802 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8803 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8804 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8805 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8806 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8807 } 8808 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8809 // duplicates. 8810 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8811 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8812 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8813 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8814 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8815 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8816 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8817 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8818 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8819 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8820 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8821 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8822 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8823 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8824 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8825 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8826 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8827 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8828 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8829 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8830 } 8831 } 8832 } 8833 8834 if (Attr) 8835 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8836 8837 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8838 // set the visibility of this record. 8839 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8840 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8841} 8842 8843/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8844/// the given type T. 8845static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8846 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8847 QualType T) { 8848 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8849 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8850 8851 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8852 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 8853 --BitWidth; 8854 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8855 } 8856 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8857} 8858 8859// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8860// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8861static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8862 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8863 // enum checking below. 8864 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8865 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8866 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8867 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8868 }; 8869 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8870 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8871 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8872 }; 8873 8874 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8875 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8876 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8877 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8878 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8879 return Types[I]; 8880 8881 return QualType(); 8882} 8883 8884EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8885 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8886 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8887 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8888 Expr *Val) { 8889 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8890 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8891 QualType EltTy; 8892 8893 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8894 Val = 0; 8895 8896 if (Val) { 8897 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8898 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8899 else { 8900 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8901 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8902 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8903 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8904 Val = 0; 8905 } else { 8906 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8907 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8908 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8909 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8910 // representable as an int. 8911 8912 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8913 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8914 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8915 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8916 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8917 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8918 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8919 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8920 } 8921 } 8922 8923 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8924 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8925 8926 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8927 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8928 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8929 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8930 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8931 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8932 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8933 } else 8934 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8935 << EltTy; 8936 } else 8937 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8938 } 8939 else { 8940 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8941 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8942 // is the type of its initializing value: 8943 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8944 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8945 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8946 } 8947 } 8948 } 8949 } 8950 8951 if (!Val) { 8952 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8953 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8954 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8955 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8956 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8957 // is the type of its initializing value: 8958 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8959 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8960 // 8961 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8962 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8963 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8964 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8965 } 8966 else { 8967 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8968 } 8969 } else { 8970 // Assign the last value + 1. 8971 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8972 ++EnumVal; 8973 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8974 8975 // Check for overflow on increment. 8976 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8977 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8978 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8979 // is the type of its initializing value: 8980 // 8981 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8982 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8983 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8984 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8985 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8986 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8987 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8988 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8989 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8990 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8991 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8992 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8993 ++EnumVal; 8994 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8995 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8996 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8997 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8998 << EltTy; 8999 else 9000 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 9001 << EnumVal.toString(10); 9002 } else { 9003 EltTy = T; 9004 } 9005 9006 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 9007 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 9008 // value, then increment. 9009 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9010 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9011 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9012 ++EnumVal; 9013 9014 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 9015 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 9016 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 9017 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 9018 // integral type. 9019 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 9020 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 9021 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9022 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9023 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 9024 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9025 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 9026 } 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9031 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 9032 // enumerator's type. 9033 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9034 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9035 } 9036 9037 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 9038 Val, EnumVal); 9039} 9040 9041 9042Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 9043 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 9044 AttributeList *Attr, 9045 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 9046 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 9047 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 9048 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 9049 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 9050 9051 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 9052 // we find one that is. 9053 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9054 9055 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 9056 // scope. 9057 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 9058 ForRedeclaration); 9059 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9060 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9061 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 9062 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9063 PrevDecl = 0; 9064 } 9065 9066 if (PrevDecl) { 9067 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 9068 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 9069 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 9070 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 9071 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 9072 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9073 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 9074 else 9075 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 9076 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9077 return 0; 9078 } 9079 } 9080 9081 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 9082 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 9083 // name different from T: 9084 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 9085 // type 9086 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 9087 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 9088 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 9089 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 9090 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 9091 9092 EnumConstantDecl *New = 9093 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 9094 9095 if (New) { 9096 // Process attributes. 9097 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9098 9099 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 9100 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 9101 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 9102 } 9103 9104 return New; 9105} 9106 9107void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 9108 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 9109 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 9110 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 9111 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 9112 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 9113 9114 if (Attr) 9115 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 9116 9117 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 9118 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9119 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9120 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9121 if (!ECD) continue; 9122 9123 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9124 } 9125 9126 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 9127 return; 9128 } 9129 9130 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 9131 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 9132 // emit a warning. 9133 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 9134 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 9135 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 9136 9137 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 9138 // reverse the list. 9139 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 9140 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 9141 9142 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 9143 bool AllElementsInt = true; 9144 9145 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9146 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9147 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9148 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9149 9150 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9151 9152 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 9153 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 9154 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 9155 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 9156 else 9157 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 9158 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 9159 9160 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 9161 if (AllElementsInt) 9162 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 9163 } 9164 9165 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 9166 QualType BestType; 9167 unsigned BestWidth; 9168 9169 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 9170 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 9171 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 9172 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 9173 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 9174 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 9175 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 9176 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 9177 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 9178 QualType BestPromotionType; 9179 9180 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 9181 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 9182 // enum definitions. 9183 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 9184 Packed = true; 9185 9186 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9187 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9188 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 9189 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 9190 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 9191 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9192 } 9193 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 9194 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 9195 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 9196 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9197 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 9198 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 9199 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9200 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 9201 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 9202 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 9203 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9204 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 9205 BestType = Context.IntTy; 9206 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9207 } else { 9208 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 9209 9210 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 9211 BestType = Context.LongTy; 9212 } else { 9213 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 9214 9215 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 9216 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 9217 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 9218 } 9219 } 9220 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 9221 } else { 9222 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 9223 // all of the enumerator values. 9224 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9225 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 9226 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 9227 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9228 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9229 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 9230 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 9231 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9232 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9233 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 9234 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 9235 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9236 BestPromotionType 9237 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9238 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 9239 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 9240 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 9241 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 9242 BestPromotionType 9243 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9244 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 9245 } else { 9246 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 9247 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 9248 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 9249 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 9250 BestPromotionType 9251 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9252 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 9253 } 9254 } 9255 9256 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 9257 // the type of the enum if needed. 9258 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9259 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9260 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9261 9262 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 9263 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 9264 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9265 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9266 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9267 9268 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9269 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9270 9271 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9272 // the enum decl type. 9273 QualType NewTy; 9274 unsigned NewWidth; 9275 bool NewSign; 9276 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9277 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9278 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9279 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9280 NewSign = true; 9281 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9282 // Already the right type! 9283 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9284 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9285 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9286 // enumeration. 9287 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9288 continue; 9289 } else { 9290 NewTy = BestType; 9291 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9292 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9293 } 9294 9295 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9296 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9297 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9298 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9299 9300 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9301 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9302 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9303 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9304 CK_IntegralCast, 9305 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9306 /*base paths*/ 0, 9307 VK_RValue)); 9308 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9309 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9310 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9311 // enumeration. 9312 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9313 else 9314 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9315 } 9316 9317 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9318 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9319} 9320 9321Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9322 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9323 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9324 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9325 9326 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9327 AsmString, StartLoc, 9328 EndLoc); 9329 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9330 return New; 9331} 9332 9333DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, 9334 IdentifierInfo &ModuleName, 9335 SourceLocation ModuleNameLoc) { 9336 ModuleKey Module = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, 9337 ModuleName, ModuleNameLoc); 9338 if (!Module) 9339 return true; 9340 9341 // FIXME: Actually create a declaration to describe the module import. 9342 (void)Module; 9343 return DeclResult((Decl *)0); 9344} 9345 9346void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9347 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9348 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9349 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9350 9351 if (PrevDecl) { 9352 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9353 } else { 9354 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9355 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9356 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9357 } 9358} 9359 9360void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9361 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9362 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9363 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9364 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9365 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9366 LookupOrdinaryName); 9367 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9368 9369 if (PrevDecl) { 9370 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9371 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9372 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9373 } else { 9374 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9375 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9376 } 9377} 9378 9379Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 9380 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 9381} 9382